Sharp CD-MD3000W Service Manual

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CONTENTS

Page

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF MD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL..............................................................................2

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000H) ...........................................3

IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTES (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY) .................................................................................. 3

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000W)............................................4

VOLTAGE SELECTION (FOR CD-MD3000W ONLY) .......................................................................................................4

SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................................................. 5

NAMES OF PARTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 6

OPERATION MANUAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 9

DISASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................................................ 16

REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE MAIN PARTS................................................................................................... 20

CD CHANGER MECHANISM MAIN BASE PARTS ASSEMBLING/ADJUSTING PROCEDURE................................... 23

ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................................................................. 30

TEST MODE .................................................................................................................................................................... 32

EEPROM WRITING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................................. 43

ERROR MESSAGE LIST................................................................................................................................................. 44

NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................. 46

BLOCK DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................................................................... 47

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................................................. 54

WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD....................................................................................................................................... 70

TYPES OF TRANSISTOR AND LED............................................................................................................................... 84

VOLTAGE ........................................................................................................................................................................ 84

WAVEFORMS OF CD CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 85

WAVEFORMS OF MD CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................................................... 86

TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................................................................................................................................... 88

FUNCTION TABLE OF IC................................................................................................................................................ 94

WIRING OF PRIMARILY SUPPLY LEADS (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY) ...............................................................109

LCD DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................................................110

PARTS GUIDE/EXPLODED VIEW/ PACKING METHOD (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY)

SERVICE MANUAL

SHARP CORPORATION

No. S0080CDMD300H

• In the interests of user-safety the set should be restored to its original
condition and only parts identical to those specified should be used.

This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

• Note for users in U.K.

Recording and playback of any material may require consent
which SHARP is unable to give. Please refer particularly to the
provisions of Copyright Act 1956, the Dramatic and Musical
Prefomers Protection Act 1956, the Preformers Protection Acts
1963 and 1972 and to any subsequent statutory enactments and
orders.

CD-MD3000H

CD-MD3000H Audio Tower System consisting of CD-MD3000H (main
unit) and CP-RW5000H (speaker system).

MODEL

AUDIO TOWER SYSTEM

CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000W Audio Tower System consisting of CD-MD3000W
(main unit) and CP-RW5000W (speaker system).

MODEL

AUDIO TOWER SYSTEM

Illustration: CD-MD3000W

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 2 –

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF MD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL

The AEL (ACCESSIBLE EMISSION LEVEL) of the laser power output is less than class 1 but the laser component is capable of emitting
radiation exceeding the limit for class 1. Therefore it is important that the following precautions are observer during servicing to protect your
eyes against exposure to the laser beam.

1) When the unit case cover is removed and LOADING SW (SW 1956) is turned on and then PLAY SW (SW 1954 mechanism PWB) is turned
on in a few second.

The laser will light for several second to detect a disk.

2) The laser power output of the pickup unit and replacement service parts are all factory pre-set before shipment.

Do not attempt to re-adjust the laser pickup unit during replacement or servicing.

3) Under no circumstances stare into the pickup lens at any time.

4) If laser optical unit becomes faulty, replace the complete laser optical unit.

5) CAUTION-USE of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.

VARO ! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING! Osynlig laserstralning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Betrakta ej strälen.

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the laser pickup.
The following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyesvagainst exposure to the laser.
Warning of possible eye damage when repairing:
If the AC power plug is connected when the inner cover of the unit is removed, the laser will light up during focus access (about
1 second) (Fig. 2-1).
During this operation, the laser will leak from the opening between the magnetic head and cartridge holder (Fig. 2-2).
In order to protect your eyes, you must not look at the laser during repair.
Before repairing, be sure to disconnect the AC power plug.

Figure 2-1 Figure 2-2

Magnetic Head

Optical Pickup

Magnetic Head

Optical PickupSpindle Motor

Laser Beam

Cartridge Holder

Mechanism
Chassis

Laser Diode Properties

● Material: GaAlAs

● Wavelength: 785 nm

● Pulse time:

Read mode: 0.8 mW Continuous
Write mode: max 10 mW 0.5S

min cycle 1.5S
Repetition

CAUTION - INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM .

VARNING - OSYNLIG LASERSTR LNING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD OCH SP RRAR
R URKOPPLADE. STR LEN R FARLIG.

ADVARSEL - USYNLIG LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES OG SIKKERHEDSL S
BRYTES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN.

VARO! AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA
N KYM T…N LASERS TEILYLLE. L KATSO S TEESEN.

VARNING - OSYNLIG LASERSTR LING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD OCH SP RREN
R URKOPPLAD. BETRAKTA EJ STR LEN.

ADVARSEL - USYNLIG LASERSTR LING VED BNING N R SIKKERHEDSAFBRYDERE
ER UDE AF FUNKTION. UNDG UDSETTELSE FOR STR LING.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA KUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAI
NITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1
YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNI
NG SPECIFICERAS. KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTT AS FÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING,
SOM ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.

WARNINGS

– 3 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the Laser Pickup.

The AEL (Accessible Emission Level) of Laser Power Output for this model is specified to be lower than Class 1 Requirements.
However, the following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyes against exposure to the Laser
beam.
(1) When the cabinet has been removed, the power is turned on without a compact disc, and the Pickup is on a position outer

than the lead-in position, the Laser will light for several seconds to detect a disc. Do not look into the Pickup Lens.

(2) The Laser Power Output of the Pickup inside the unit and replacement service parts have already been adjusted prior to

shipping.
(3) No adjustment to the Laser Power should be attempted when replacing or servicing the Pickup.
(4) Under no circumstances look directly into the Pickup Lens at any time.
(5) CAUTION - Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in

hazardous radiation exposure.

(For U.K.)

(Except for U.K.)

WARNINGS

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000H)

Laser Diode Properties

Material: GaAIAs
Wavelength: 780 nm
Emission Duration: continuous
Laser Output: max. 0.6 mW

CAUTION-INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO
BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD. STIRRA
EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN MED OPTISKA INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING VED ABNING. SE IKKE IND I
STRALEN-HELLER IKKE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VARO! AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATON LASERSATEILYLLE.
ALA TUIJOTA SATEESEEN ALAKA KATSO SITA OPTISEN LAITTEEN LAPI.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD.
STIRRA EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN GENOM OPTISKT
INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING NAR DEKSEL APNES. STIRR IKKE
INN I STRALEN ELLER SE DIREKTE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA KUIN TÄSSÄ
KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA
KÄYTTÄJÄN TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1

YLITTÄVÄLLE NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE

LASERSÄTEILYLLE.

VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT SÄTT ÄN I DENNA
BRUKSANVISNING SPECIFICERAS. KAN ANVÄNDAREN UTSÄTTAS FÖR
OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOM ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR
LASERKLASS 1.

IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTES (CD-MD3000H FOR U.K. ONLY)

Before returning the unit to the customer after completion of a
repair or adjustment it is necessary for the following withstand
voltage test to be applied to ensure the unit is safe for the
customer to use.
Setting of Withstanding Voltage Tester and set.

Set name set value
Withstanding Voltage Tester
Test voltage 4,240 VPEAK

3,000 VRMS
Set time 6 secs
Set current (Cutoff current) 4 mA
Unit
Judgment
OK: The “GOOD” lamp lights.

NG: The “NG” lamp lights and the buzzer sounds.

PROBE

AC

OUT

UNIT

SHORT-CIRCUIT
AC POWER
SUPPLY CORD

CONNECT THE PROBE
TO GND OF CHASSIS
SCREW

WITHSTANDING

VOLTAGE TESTER

CHASSIS SCREW

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 4 –

VOLTAGE SELECTION (FOR CD-MD3000W ONLY)

Before operating the unit on mains, check the preset voltage. If the voltage is different from your local voltage, adjust the voltage
as follows, Turn the selector with a screwdriver until the appropriate voltage number appears in the window (110 V, 127 V,
220 V or 230 V - 240 V AC).

QACCB0009AW00

Figure 4 AC POWER SUPPLY CORD AND PLUG ADAPTOR

QACCE0008AW00

QACCL0005AW00

Precaution to be taken when replacing and servicing the Laser Pickup.

The AEL (Accessible Emission Level) of Laser Power Output for this model is specified to be lower than Class 1 Requirements.
However, the following precautions must be observed during servicing to protect your eyes against exposure to the Laser
beam.
(1) When the cabinet has been removed, the power is turned on without a compact disc, and the Pickup is on a position outer

than the lead-in position, the Laser will light for several seconds to detect a disc. Do not look into the Pickup Lens.

(2) The Laser Power Output of the Pickup inside the unit and replacement service parts have already been adjusted prior to

shipping.
(3) No adjustment to the Laser Power should be attempted when replacing or servicing the Pickup.
(4) Under no circumstances look directly into the Pickup Lens at any time.
(5) CAUTION - Use of controls or adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in

hazardous radiation exposure.

WARNINGS

SAFETY PRECAUTION OF CD SECTION FOR SERVICE MANUAL (FOR CD-MD3000W)

CAUTION Laser Diode Properties

Material: Ga AI As
Wavelength: 780 nm
Emission Duration: continuous
Laser Output: max. 0.6 mW

This Audio Tower System is cla ssi fied as a CLASS 1 LA­SER product.

The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT label is located on the
rear cover.

Use of controls, adjustments or performance of proce­dures other than those spec ified herei n may result in haz­ardous radiation exposure.

As the laser beam used in this comp act disc player is
harmful to the eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the
cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.

CAUTION-INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO
BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD. STIRRA
EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN MED OPTISKA INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING VED ABNING. SE IKKE IND I
STRALEN-HELLER IKKE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

VARO! AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA NAKYMATON LASERSATEILYLLE.
ALA TUIJOTA SATEESEEN ALAKA KATSO SITA OPTISEN LAITTEEN LAPI.

VARNING-OSYNLIG LASERSTRALNING NAR DENNA DEL AR OPPNAD.
STIRRA EJ IN I STRALEN OCH BETRAKTA EJ STRALEN GENOM OPTISKT
INSTRUMENT.

ADVERSEL-USYNLIG LASERSTRALING NAR DEKSEL APNES. STIRR IKKE
INN I STRALEN ELLER SE DIREKTE MED OPTISKE INSTRUMENTER.

QACCA0003AW00

QPLGA0004AWZZQPLGA0003AWZZ

– 5 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATION OF THIS UNIT, PLEASE REFER
TO THE OPERATION MANUAL.

SPECIFICATIONS

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

Specifications for this model are subject to change without
prior notice.

■

CD player

Type 6-disc multi-play compact disc changer player
Signal readout Non-contact, 3-beam semiconductor laser pickup
D/A converter

1-bit D/A converter

Frequency response 20 - 20,000 Hz
Dynamic range 90 dB (1 kHz)

■

MiniDisc

Type MiniDisc recorder
Signal readout Non-contact, 3-beam semiconductor laser pickup
Rotation speed 400 - 900 rpm CLV, Approx.
Error correction ACIRC (Advanced Cross Interleave Reed-Solomon

Code)

Quantization 20-bit linear (A/D converter)
Coding ATRAC (Adaptive Transform Acoustic Coding)
Sampling frequency 44.1 kHz
Recording method Magnetic modulation overwrite method
Frequency response 20 - 20,000 Hz
D/A converter 1-bit D/A converter
Wow and flutter Unmeasurable (less than 0.001% W. peak)
Signal/noise ratio 95 dB (1 kHz)
Dynamic range 90 dB (1 kHz)
Audio channel Stereo: 2 channels

Monaural: 1 channel (playback only)

(long-time recording mode)

■

Cassette deck
(CD-MD3000H for U.K./CD-MD3000W)

Frequency response 50 - 14,000 Hz (Normal tape)
Signal/noise ratio 50 dB (recording/playback)
Wow and flutter 0.3 % (WRMS)

■

Tuner (CD-MD3000H for U.K.)

Frequency range FM: 87.50 -108.00 MHz

AM: 522 - 1,620 kHz

■

Type 3-way type speaker system

5 cm (2") Tweeter
13 cm (5-1/4") Woofer
13 cm (5-1/4") Subwoofer

Maximum input power (Total)

200 W

Rated input power (Total) 100 W
Impedance 6 ohms
Dimensions Width: 210 mm (8-1/4")

Height: 392 mm (15-7/16")
Depth: 345 mm (13-9/16")

Weight 5.1 kg (11.2 lbs.)/each

Amplifier (

CD-MD3000H

except for U.K.)

Output power PMPO: 668 W

MPO: 334 W (167 W + 167 W) (DIN 45 324)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 134 W (67 W + 67 W)
Subwoofer: 200 W (100 W + 100 W)
RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (DIN 45 324)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer: 120 W (60 W + 60 W)
RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (DIN 45 500)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer: 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Headphones: 16 - 50 ohms (recommended: 32 ohms)

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Digital input (optical)

Cassette deck (CD-MD3000H except for U.K.)

Tuner (CD-MD3000H except for U.K.)

■

General (CD-MD3000H)

Power source AC 230 V, 50 Hz
Power consumption Power on: 180 W

Power stand-by: 0.6 W (*)

Dimensions Width: 200 mm (7-7/8")

Height: 352 mm (13-7/8")
Depth: 377 mm (14-7/8")

Weight 10.3 kg (22.7 lbs.)

(*) This power consumption value is obtained when the demonstration mode is can-

celled in the power stand-by mode.

■

Amplifier (CD-MD3000H for U.K.)

Output power RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (10 % T.H.D.)

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter); 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer; 120 W (60 W + 60 W)

RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (0.9 % T.H.D.)

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter); 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer; 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Headphones: 16-50 ohms (recommended; 32 ohms)

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Digital input (optical)

■

■

Frequency range FM: 87.5 -108 MHz

AM: 522 -1,620 kHz

Frequency response 50 - 14,000 Hz (Normal tape)
Signal/noise ratio 50 dB (recording/playback)
Wow and flutter 0.3 % (DIN 45 511)

Power source AC 110/127/220/230 - 240 V, 50/6 0 Hz
Power consumption 180 W
Dimensions Width: 200 mm (7-7/8")

Height: 352 mm (13-7/8")
Depth: 377 mm (14-7/8")

Weight 10.9 kg (24.0 lb s.)

Output power MPO: 334 W (167 W + 167 W) (10 % T.H.D.)

Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 134 W (67 W + 67 W)
Subwoofer: 200 W (100 W + 100 W)
RMS: 200 W (100 W + 100 W) (10 % T.H.D.)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 80 W (40 W + 40 W)
Subwoofer: 120 W (60 W + 60 W)
RMS: 184 W (92 W + 92 W) (0.9 % T.H.D.)
Main speaker (woofer and tweeter): 74 W (37 W + 37 W)
Subwoofer: 110 W (55 W + 55 W)

Output terminals Speakers: 6 ohms

Headphones: 16 - 50 ohms (recommended: 32 ohms)

Input terminals Auxiliary: 500 mV/47 kohms

Digital input (optical)

■

Tuner (CD-MD3000W)

Frequency range FM: 88 -108 MHz

AM: 531 -1,602 kHz

Amplifier (

CD-MD3000W

)

■

■

General (CD-MD3000W)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 6 –

NAMES OF PARTS

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

8

11

9

10

■ Front panel

01.

Cassette Compartment

02.

Volume Up/Demo Button

03.

Volume Down Button

04.

Timer Set Indicator

05.

On/Stand-by Button

06.

CD Direct Play Buttons (with Indicator)/
CD Eject Buttons

07.

Disc Trays

08.

Headphone Socket

09.

MD Eject Button

10.

MD Compartment

11.

Control Panel Open/Close Button

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

■ Control panel

12.

CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

13.

Equalizer Mode Select Button

14.

Extra Bass Button

15.

Name/Toc Edit Button

16.

Delete Button

17.

Menu Button

18.

Display/Character Button

19.

Jog Dial

20.

Enter Button

21.

Tuner (Band) Button

22.

MD Track Edit Button

23.

CD Button

24.

MD Button

25.

CD MD One Touch Edit Button

26.

MD Auto Mark Select Button

27.

CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Tuning Down Button (with Indicator)

28.

Stop Button (with Indicator)

29.

Tape Reverse Play Button (with Indicator)

30.

Tape Button

31.

Auxiliary Button

32.

MD Record Button

33.

MD Record Mode Button

34.

MD Record Speed Select Button

35.

Tape Record Pause Button

36.

CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Tuning Up Button (with Indicator)

37.

CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Forward Play Button
(with Indicator)

30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

12

13

14

17

15

16

18

19

20

– 7 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Illustration: CD-MD3000H

■ Multi-function LCD display

01.

CD Indicators

02.

Function Indicator

03.

Extra Bass Indicator

04.

Timer Play Indicator

05.

Sleep Indicator

06.

Timer Recording Indicator

07.

CD/MD Play Indicator

08.

CD/MD Repeat Indicator

09.

CD/MD Pause Indicator

10.

FM Stereo Indicator

11.

Tape Reverse Mode Indicator

12.

FM Stereo Mode Indicator

13.

Cassette Indicator

14.

Level Meter

15.

MD Indicator

16.

Digital Source Indicator

17.

Monaural Long-Play Mode Indicator

18.

Disc Name Indicator

19.

Auto Mark Indicator

20.

Memory Indicator

21.

Total Indicator

22.

Track Name Indicator

23.

Track Edit Indicator

24.

Random Play Indicator

25.

CD All Disc Play Indicator

26.

Remain Indicator

27.

Record Indicator

28.

RDS Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

29.

Radio Text Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

30.

Clock Time Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

31.

Dynamic PTY Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

32.

Traffic Programme Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

33.

TOC Indicator

34.

Synchronised Recording Indicator

35.

EON Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

36.

Traffic Information Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

37.

Programme Type Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

38.

Traffic Announcement Indicator (CD-MD3000H Only)

1

2
3

4
5
6

7
8
9

10
11
12

18
19
20
21

22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37
38

13 14 15 16 17

■ Rear panel (CD-MD3000H)

01.

AM Loop Aerial Socket

02.

FM 75 Ohms Aerial Socket

03.

Auxiliary Input Sockets

04.

Digital Input Socket

05.

Speaker Terminals

06.

AC Power Lead

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

7

2
3
4

6

1

■ Rear panel (CD-MD3000W)

01.

FM/AM Loop Aerial Socket

02.

Span Selector Switch

03.

Auxiliary Input Sockets

04.

Digital Input Socket

05.

Speaker Terminals

06.

AC Voltage Selector

07.

AC Power Lead

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 8 –

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

■ Remote control (CD-MD3000H)

01.

Remote Control Transmitter

02.

CD Button

03.

MD Button

04.

Tape Button

05.

CD Direct Play Buttons

06.

Clear Button

07.

Memory Button

08.

CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Down Button

09.

Enter Button

10.

Stop Button

11.

Menu Button

12.

MD Record Button

13.

MD Record Mode Button

14.

Time Button

15.

FM Stereo Mode Button

16.

Control Panel Open/Close Button

17.

Tuner (Band) Button

18.

Auxiliary Button

19.

On/Stand-by Button

20.

RDS Programme Type/T

21.

RDS EON Button

22.

RDS ASPM (Auto Station Programme Memory) Button

23.

RDS Display Mode Selector Button

24.

CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

25.

CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Up Button

26.

CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Play Button

27.

Tape Reverse Mode Select Button

28.

Tape Record Pause Button

29.

Dimmer Button

30.

Display Button

31.

Equalizer Mode Select Button

32.

Extra Bass Button

33.

Volume Up or Down Buttons

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

1.Remote Control Transmitter

2.CD Button

3.MD Button

4.Tape Button

5.CD Direct Play Buttons

6.Clear Button

7.Memory Button

8.CD/MD Fast Reverse, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Down Button

9.Enter Button

10.Stop Button

11.MD Record Button

12.MD Record Mode Button

13.Control Panel Open/Close Button

14.Tuner (Band) Button

15.Auxiliary Button

16.On/Stand-by Button

17.Time Button

18.FM Stereo Mode Button

19.Display Button

20.Dimmer Button

21.CD/MD Play Mode Select Button

22.CD/MD Fast Forward, Tape Fast Wind or
Preset Up Button

23.CD/MD Play or Pause, Tape Play Button

24.Menu Button

25.Tape Record Pause Button

26.Tape Reverse Mode Select Button

27.Equalizer Mode Select Button

28.Extra Bass Button

29.Volume Up or Down Butto ns

11

12

13

25

27
28

29

26

1
2
3
4

5
6

7

8

9

10

14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24

■ Remote control (CD-MD3000W)

01.

Tweeter

4.

Subwoofer

02.

Woofer

5.

Subwoofer Terminals

03.

Bass Reflex Duct

6.

Main Speaker Terminals

1

2

3

4

5
6

– 9 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

OPERATION MANUAL

Using the Radio Data System (RDS) (CD-MD3000H Only)

■

Information provided by RDS

Each time the DISP MODE button is pressed, the display will switch as follows:

Frequency

Date

(for 3 seconds)

RDS clock time

Clock-time
and date (CT)

Radio text
(RT)

Programme
type (PTY)
(English fixed)

Programme
type (PTY)
(8 Languages)

Station
name (PS)

When you are tuning in to a station other than an RDS station or to an RDS station
which sends weak signal, the display will change in the following order:

NO PS NO PTY

FM 98.80 MHz NO CT

NO RT

RDS is a broadcasting service which a growing number of FM stations provide.
These FM stations send additional signals along with their regular programme
signals. They send their station names, and information about the type of
programme such as sports or music, etc.

When tuned to an RDS

station

, “RDS” and the station name will be displayed.
“TP” (Traffic Programme) will appear on the display when the received broadcast car­ries traffic information, and “TA” (Traffic Announcement) will appear whilst a traffic infor­mation is on air.
“EON” will appear whilst the EON (Enhanced Other Networks information) data is broad­cast.
“PTYI” (Dynamic PTY Indicator) will appear whilst the Dynamic PTY station is
received.
“RT” (Radio Text) will appear whilst the unit receives the Radio text data.
“CT” (Clock Time) will appear whilst the unit receives the RDS CT data.

You can control the RDS by using the remote control only.

NEWS Short accounts of facts, events and publicly expressed views, report-

age and actuality.

AFFAIRS Topical programme expanding or enlarging upon the news, generally

in different presentation style or concept, including debate, or analy­sis.

INFO Programmes whose purpose is to impart advice in the widest sense.
SPORT Programme concerned with any aspect of sport.
EDUCATE Programme intended primarily to educate, of which the formal ele-

ment is fundamental.

DRAMA All radio plays and serials.
CULTURE Programmes concerned with any aspect of national or regional cul-

ture, including language, theatre, etc.

SCIENCE Programmes about the natural sciences and technology.
VARIED Used for mainly speech-based programmes usually of light-entertain-

ment nature, not covered by other categories. Examples include: quiz­zes, panel games, personality interviews.

POP M Commercial music, which would generally be considered to be of cur-

rent popular appeal, often featuring in current or recent record sales
charts.

ROCK M Contemporary modern music, usually written and performed by young

musicians.

EASY M Current contemporary music considered to be “easy-listening”, as op-

posed to Pop, Rock or Classical, or one of the specialised music styles,
Jazz, Folk or Country. Music in this category is often but not always,
vocal, and usually of short duration.

LIGHT M Classical music for general, rather than specialist appreciation. Ex-

amples of music in this category are instrumental music, and vocal or
choral works.

CLASSICS Performances of major orchestral works, symphonies, chamber mu-

sic, etc., and including Grand Opera.

OTHER M Musical styles not fitting into any of the other categories. Particularly

used for specialist music of which Rhythm & Blues and Reggae are
examples.

WEATHER Weather reports and forecasts and meteorological information.
FINANCE Stock Market reports, commerce, trading, etc.
CHILDREN For programmes targeted at a young audience, primarily for enter-

tainment and interest, rather than where the objective is to educate.

Descriptions of the PTY (Programme Type) codes, TP (Traffic Programme) and
TA (Traffic Announcement)

You can search for and receive the following PTY, TP and TA signals.

SOCIAL Programmes about people and things that influence them individually

or in groups. Includes: sociology, history, geography, psychology and
society.

RELIGION Any aspect of beliefs and faiths, involving a God or Gods, the nature

of existence and ethics.

PHONE IN Involving members of the public expressing their views either by phone

or at a public forum.

TRAVEL Features and programmes concerned with travel to near and far des-

tinations, package tours and travel ideas and opportunities. Not for
use for announcements about problems, delays, or roadworks affect­ing immediate travel where TP/TA should be used.

LEISURE Programmes concerned with recreational activities in which the lis-

tener might participate.
Examples include, Gardening, Fishing, Antique collecting, Cooking,
Food & Wine, etc.

JAZZ Polyphonic, syncopated music characterised by improvisation.
COUNTRY Songs which originate from, or continue the musical tradition of the

American Southern States.
Characterised by a straightforward melody and narrative story line.

NATION M Current Popular Music of the Nation or Region in that country's lan-

guage, as opposed to International 'Pop' which is usually US or UK
inspired and in English.

OLDIES Music from the so-called “golden age” of popular music.
FOLK M Music which has its roots in the musical culture of a particular nation,

usually played on acoustic instruments. The narrative or story may be
based on historical events of the people.

DOCUMENT Programme concerned with factual matters, presented in an investi-

gative style.

TEST Broadcast when testing emergency broadcast equipment or receiv-

ers.

ALARM ! Emergency announcement made under exceptional circumstances

to give warning of events causing danger of general nature.

NONE No programme type (receive only).
TP Broadcasts which carry traffic announcements.
TA Traffic announcements are being broadcast.

Note

:

When you select a programme in the EON stand-by mode, the unit will display “TI”
instead of “TA”.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 10 –

To confirm the time display:

[When the stand-by mode]

Press the DISPLAY button on the remote control.
The time display will appear for about 3 seconds.

[When the power is on]

Press the MENU button.
The time display will appear for about 10 seconds.

Note:

“CLOCK” will appear or time will flash at the push of the DISPLAY button when the AC
power supply is restored after a power failure or after unplugging the unit.
Reset the clock as follows.

To reset the clock:

[When time will flash]

1. Press the ON/STAND-BY button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Press the ENTER button.

4. Perform “Setting the Clock” from step 5.

[When “CLOCK” will appear]

Perform “Setting the Clock” from the beginning.

To change the 24-hour or 12-hour display:

1. Clear all the programmed contents.
[Refer to “If trouble occurs (reset)” on page 57 for details.]

2. Preform “Setting the clock” from the beginning.

Setting the Clock

In this example, the clock is set for the 24-hour (0:00) display.

1

Press the ON/STAND-BY button to turn the power on.

2

Press the MENU button.

3

Turn the jog dial to select “CLOCK” and within 10 seconds, press
the ENTER button.

4

Turn the jog dial to select the 24-hour or 12-hour display and
within 2 minutes, press the ENTER button.

5

Turn the jog dial to adjust the hour and within 2 minutes, press
the ENTER button.

●

When the 12-hour display is selected, “AM” will change automatically to “PM”.

6

Turn the jog dial to adjust the minutes and within 2 minutes, press
the ENTER button.

●

The hour will not advance even if minutes advance from “59” to “00”.

●

The clock starts from “0” second. (Seconds are not displayed.)
The time display will disappear after a few seconds.

“0:00” → The 24-hour display will appear. (0:00 - 23:59)
“AM 12:00”→

The 12-hour display will appear. (AM 12:00 - PM 1 1:59)

“AM 0:00” →

The 12-hour display will appear. (AM 0:00 - PM 1 1:59)

What is a MiniDisc?

The disc is stored in a cartridge. Y ou can handle it easily without worrying about dust,
fingerprints, etc. However, dust entering the opening of the cartridge, dirt on the car­tridge, warping, etc. may cause malfunctions. Please note the following.

■

To prevent recorded MiniDiscs from being
erased accidentally

Slide the accidental erase prevention tab, located on the side of the MiniDisc, in the
direction indicated by the arrow.

● The MiniDisc will then be protected against accidental erasure.

To add a recording to such a MiniDisc, slide the accidental erase prevention tab back
to its original position.

■

Helpful tip when attaching a label

When attaching a label to a MiniDisc cartridge, be sure to note the following. If the label
is not attached properly, the MiniDisc may jam inside the unit and it may not be pos­sible to remove it.

● If the label peels off or partially lifts away, replace it with a new one.

● Do not put a new label on top of an existing one.

● Attach the label only in the specified location.

■

Types of discs

There are two types of discs: playback-only and recordable types.

● Playback-only MiniDisc:

This type of MiniDisc is used for commercially available
prerecorded music. This is the same kind of optical disc
as CDs. Playback is performed using an optical pickup.
(Recording and editing are not possible.)

● Recordable MiniDisc:

This is a “raw disc” on which recording can be performed.
A magneto optical disc is used. Recordings are made
using a laser and magnetic field. Repeated recording is
possible.

MiniDisc System Limitations

Even if the maximum record­ing time of a MiniDisc has not
been reached, “TOC FULL”
may be displayed.

Even if the maximum record­ing time of a MiniDisc has not
been reached, “DISC FULL”
may be displayed.

Even if several short tracks
are erased, the remaining re­cording time may not show an
increase.

Two tracks may not be com­bined in editing.

The total of the recorded time
and time remaining on a disc
may not add up to the maxi­mum possible recording time.

If recorded tracks are fast re­versed or fast forwarded, the
sound may skip.

In the MD system, the delimiter of the recording area
on a MiniDisc is programmed in a TOC. If partial eras­ing, recording and editing are repeated several times,
TOC information will fill up, even though the number
of tracks has not reached the limit (255 tracks), and
further recording will be impossible. (If you use the
all erase function, this MiniDisc can be used from
the beginning.)

If there is any flaw on the MiniDisc, that part is auto­matically excluded from the space available for re­cording. Therefore, the recording time becomes
shorter.

When the remaining recording time of a disc is dis­played, short tracks less than 12 seconds long may
not be included in the total.

For MiniDiscs on which repeated recording and ed­iting operations were performed, the COMBINE func­tion may not work.
A track recorded from a CD (digital recording) and a
track recorded from a radio or other equipment (ana­logue recording) cannot be combined.

A cluster (about 2 seconds) is normally the minimum
unit of recording. So, even if a track is less than 2
seconds long, it will use about 2 seconds of space
on the disc. Therefore, the time actually available for
recording may be less than the remaining time dis­played.
If there are scratches on discs, those sections will
be automatically avoided (no recording will be placed
in those sections). Therefore, the recording time will
be reduced.

A MiniDisc which has been recorded or edited re­peatedly may skip during fast reverse or fast forward.

Recordable

Recording
prevented

A Shutter will be used on
only one side (back).

Shutters will be used on
both sides.

– 11 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Error Messages

Error messages
BLANK DISC

CAN'T COPY

CAN'T EDIT

CAN'T READ
(

:Number or

symbol)

CAN'T REC

CAN'T WRITE

DISC FULL

E-CD 20

E-MD
( :Number or

symbol)
EDIT OVER

MD NO DISC
CD NO DISC

Remedy

● Replace it with another disc.

● Replace the CD.

●

Change the stop position of the
track and then try editing it.

● Replace it with another disc.

● Erase the disc and try record-

ing again.

● Re-record or replace the
MiniDisc.

● Set this unit to the stand-by
mode and try to write the
TOC again. (Remove any
source of shock or vibration
whilst writing.)

● Replace the disc with another
recordable disc.

● Set this unit to the stand-by
mode and turn the power on
again.

● Set this unit to the stand-by
mode and turn the power on
again.

● Decrease the number of
tracks.

● Load a MiniDisc.

● Reload the MiniDisc.

● Load a CD.

● Reload the CD.

Meaning

● Nothing is recorded.
(Neither music nor disc name
is recorded.)

● You tried to record from a
copy prohibited CD.

● A track cannot be edited.

● The disc is damaged.

● TOC information cannot be

read.

● MiniDisc not specified.

● Recording cannot be per-

formed correctly due to vibra­tion or shock in the unit.

● The TOC information could
not be created properly due
to a mechanical shock or to
scratches on the disc.

● The disc is out of recording
space.

● The CD tray is not working
properly.

● A MiniDisc is not working
properly.

● You chose 32 or more tracks
for track editing.

● A MiniDisc has not been
loaded.

● The MiniDisc data cannot be
read.

● A CD has not been loaded.

● The CD data cannot be read.

When an error message is displayed, proceed as follows:

Error messages
NAME FULL

NO SIGNAL

NOT AUDIO

OVER

PLAY MD

PROTECTED

TEMP OVER

TOC FORM
( :Number or

symbol)

TOC FULL

? DISC

Meaning

● The number of characters for
the disc name or track name
exceeds 40.

● Poor connection of the digital
cable.

● No output signal comes out
from the connected unit to
playback.

● The data recorded on this
disc is not audio data.

● There is no space to make
CD editing on the disc.

● You tried to record on a play­back-only disc.

● The disc is write protected.

● The temperature is too high.

● TOC information recorded on

the MD does not match the
MiniDisc specifications or it
cannot be read.

● There is no space left for re­cording track numbers.

● There is no space left for re­cording character informa­tion.

● The data contains an error.

● MiniDisc not specified.

Remedy

● Shorten the disc or track
name.

● Connect the digital cable
securely.

● Playback with the connected
unit.

● Select another track.

● Replace the disc.

● Replace it with a disc that has

enough time to record.

● Replace it with another re­cordable disc.

● Move the write protection tab
back to its original position.

● Set this unit to the stand-by
mode and wait for a whilst.

● Replace it with another disc.

● Erase the disc and try record-

ing again.

● Replace it with another re­cordable disc.

● Erase the needless charac­ters.

● Replace it with another disc.

Troubleshooting Chart

Many potential “problems” can be resolved by the owner without calling a service tech­nician. If something is wrong with this product, check the following before calling your
authorised SHARP dealer or service centre.

■

Tuner

Symptom

●

Radio makes unusual noise con­secutively.

■

Remote control

Symptom

●

The remote control does not op­erate.

Possible cause

●

The stereo system is placed near the TV
or computer.

●

FM/AM loop aerial is not placed prop­erly. Move the AC power lead away from
the aerial if located near.

Possible cause

●

Is the AC power lead of the stereo sys­tem plugged in?

●

The battery polarity is not correct.

●

The batteries are dead.

●

Incorrect distance or angle.

●

Does the remote control sensor receive
strong light?

■

General

Symptom

●

The clock is not on time.

●

When a button is pressed, the unit
does not respond.

●

No sound is heard.

Possible cause

●

Did a power failure occur?
Reset the clock. (Refer to page 17.)

●

Set this unit to the power stand-by mode
and then turn it back on.

●

If the unit still malfunctions, reset it.
(Refer to page 57.)

●

Is the volume level set to “0”?

●

Are the headphones connected?

●

Are the speaker wires disconnected?

■

Cassette deck

Symptom

●

Cannot record.

●

Cannot record tracks with proper
sound quality.

●

Cannot erase completely.

●

Sound skipping.

●

Cannot hear treble.

●

Sound fluctuation.

●

Cannot remove the tape.

Possible cause

●

Is the erase-protection tab removed?

●

Is it a normal tape?
(You cannot record on a metal or CrO

2

tape.)

●

Is there any slack? Is the tape stretched?

●

Are the capstans, pinch rollers, or heads
dirty?

●

If a power failure occurs during playback,
the heads remain engaged with the tape.
Do not open the compartment forcibly.
Wait until electricity resumes.

■

CD player

Symptom

●

Playback does not start.

●

Playback stops in the middle or is
not performed properly.

●

Playback sounds are skipped, or
stopped in the middle of a track.

Possible cause

●

The disc is loaded up-side down.

●

The disc does not satisfy the standards.

●

The disc is distorted or scratched.

●

Is the unit located near excessive vibra­tions?

●

The disc is very dirty.

●

Has condensation formed inside the
unit?

■

MiniDisc

Symptom

●

A recording cannot be made.

●

Even though a disc has been
loaded, “NO DISC” or “CAN'T
READ” is displayed.

●

Playback sounds are skipped.

Possible cause

●

Is the MiniDisc protected against acci­dental erasure?

●

Did you try to make recording on a play­back-only MiniDisc?

●

Can you see the "DISC FULL" or "TOC
FULL" message in the display?

●

The disc is very dirty.

●

Is the unit located near excessive vibra­tions?

●

Has condensation formed inside the
unit?

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 12 –

System Connections (For CD-MD3000W Only)

Setting the AC voltage selector

Check the setting of the AC voltage selector located on the rear panel before plug­ging the unit into an AC socket. If necessary, adjust the selector to corres pond to the
AC power voltage used in your area.

Turn the selector with a screwdriver until the appropriate voltage number
appears in the window (110 V, 127 V, 220 V or 230 V - 240 V AC).

Connecting the AC power lead

After making all connections, plug the unit. If you plug the unit first, the unit
will enter the demonstration mode

Notes:

Plug the AC power lead into an AC socket, after any connections.
Unplug the AC power lead from the A C socket if the unit will not be in use for a pro­longed period of time.

AC Plug Adaptor

In areas (or countries) where an AC socket as shown in illustration is used, con­nect the unit using the AC plug adaptor supplied with the unit, as illustrated. The AC
plug adaptor is not included in areas where the AC wall socket and AC power plug
can be directly connected (see illustration ).

Note for users in Australia and New Zealand :

An AC plug adaptor is not supplied if the lead has an Australian Standard plug.

1

2

Setting the FM/AM span selector

The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) has established that member coun­tries should maintain either a 100 kHz or a 50 kHz interval between broadcasting fre­quencies of FM stations and 10 kHz or 9 kHz for AM station. The illustration shows
the 50/9 kHz zones (regions 1 and 3), and the 100/10 kHz zone (region 2).
Before using the unit, set the SPAN SELECTOR switch (on the rear panel) to the
interval (span) of your area.

T o change the tuning zone:

1

Press the ON/STAND-BY button to enter the stand-by mode.

2

Set the SPAN SELECTOR switch (on the rear panel) as follows.

For 50 kHz FM interval (9 kHz in AM) 50/9
For 100 kHz FM interval (10 kHz in AM) 100/10

3

Whilst pressing down the VOLUME button, press the ON/STAND­BY button until "ALL CLEAR" appears.

Caution:

This operation will erase all data stored in memory including clock, timer settings,
tuner preset, and CD or MiniDisc programme.

(For CD-MD3000W Only)

– 13 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Accessories (FOR CD-MD3000H)

Speaker wire for

MAIN terminals × 2

AM loop aerial × 1Remote control × 1

Speaker wire for

SUBWOOFER terminals × 2

Blue

Black

Black

Red

FM aerial × 1

“AA” size battery

(UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar) × 2

1

2

3

Battery installation of remote control

Use 2 “AA” size batteries (UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar).

Remove the

Insert the batteries

Replace the cover.

battery cover.

as shown.

1

1

Accessories (FOR CD-MD3000W)

Speaker wire for

MAIN terminals × 2

FM/AM loop aerial × 1Remote control × 1

Speaker wire for

SUBWOOFER terminals × 2

Blue

Black

Black

Red

“AA” size battery

(UM/SUM-3, R6, HP-7 or similar) × 2

1

1

1

2

System Connections

3

3

FM aerial

Right speaker

Left speaker

Connection cable

for digital recording

(not supplied)

MD deck, digital tuners

or DAT decks

VCR

TV

To the optical line

output socket

To the line

output socket

RCA lead

(not supplied)

Wall socket

(AC 230 V, 50 Hz)

Right speaker

Left speaker

Blue Black Red

AM loop

aerial

FM aerial

AM loop aerial

(For

CD-MD3000H)

(For

CD-MD3000W)

AC Voltage Selector

(CD-MD300W Only)

FM/AM Loop

Aerial Socket

Span Selector

Switch

(CD-MD300W Only)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 14 –

1

Press the CD button.

2

Press the DISC 1 button to open the disc tray 1.

3

Place the CD on the disc tray 1, label side up.

4

Press the DISC 1 button to close the disc tray 1.

5

You can place discs on the trays 2 - 6 by following steps 2 - 4.

6

Press the button to start playback.

Listening to a CD (CDs)

12 cm (5”)

8 cm (3”)

Total number of tracks

Means "disc

inside"

Turn on your System

The first time the unit is plugged in,

the unit will enter the demonstration

mode. You will see words scroll.

2

1

Press the DEMO

button to cancel

the demonstration

mode.

Press the ON/STAND-

BY button to turn the

power on.

4

4

Total playing time

Listening to a MiniDisc

1

Press the MD button.

2

Load a MiniDisc into the MD compartment, label side up.

3

Press the button to start playback.

Total number

of tracks

Total playing

time

Disc name

■

Test of the remote control

Face the remote control directly to the remote sensor on the unit.

The remote control can be used within the range shown below:

Press the ON/STAND-BY button. Does the power turn on?

Now, you can enjoy the music.

0.2 m - 6 m

(8" - 20')

Remote sensor

– 15 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1

Press the TAPE button.2Open the cassette door by pushing the area marked “PUSH EJECT ”.

PUSH EJECT

3

Load the cassette into the compartment with side A facing you.

PUSH EJECT

4

Press the REV. MODE button on the remote control to choose one side or

both sides.

5

Press the

button to listen to side A, or the

button for side B.

Listening to a Cassette Tape

... To listen to both sides.

...

For endless repeat play of both sides.

... To listen to one side.

■ If trouble occurs (reset)

When this product is subjected to strong external interfer-

ence (mechanical shock, excessive static electricity, ab-

normal supply voltage due to lightning, etc.) or if it is oper-

ated incorrectly, it may malfunction.

If such a problem occurs, do the following:

1. Press the ON/STAND-BY button to enter the power

stand-by mode.

2.

Whilst pressing down the VOLUME button, press

the ON/STAND-BY button until “ALL CLEAR” appears.

■

Maintenance

●

Dirty heads, capstans or pinch rollers can cause poor

sound and tape jams. Clean these parts with a cotton

swab moistened with commercial head/pinch roller

cleaner or isopropyl alcohol.

●

When cleaning the heads, pinch rollers, etc., unplug

the unit which contains high voltages.

●

After long use, the deck’s heads and capstans may be-

come magnetised, causing poor sound.

Demagnetise

these parts once every 30 hours of playing/recording

time by using a commercial tape head demagnetiser.

Read the demagnetiser’s instructions carefully before

use.

●

Clean the dust or stain on the CD pickup lens using a

commercial cleaning disc (brush type).

1

Press the TUNER (BAND) button repeatedly to select the desired frequency

band (FM or AM).2Press the TUNING ( or ) button to tune into the desired station.

●

When the TUNING ( or ) button is pressed for more than 0.5 seconds, scanning will

start automatically and the tuner will stop at the first receivable broadcast station.

3

To receive an FM stereo transmission, press the ST-MODE button on the

remote control. The “ST” indicator lights up.

●

“ ” will appear when an FM broadcast is in stereo.

A

B

C

D

C

D

Cleaning disc

A Erase head

B

Recording/Playback head

C

Capstan

D

Pinch roller

Listening to the Radio

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 16 –

DISASSEMBLY

Figure 16-2

Figure 16-1

Caution on Disassembly

Follow the below-mentioned notes when disassembling
the unit and reassembling it, to keep it safe and ensure
excellent performance:

1. Take cassette tape, compact disc and mini disc out of the
unit.

2. Be sure to remove the power supply plug from the wall
outlet before starting to disassemble the unit.

3. Take off nylon bands or wire holders where they need to
be removed when disassembling the unit. After servicing
the unit, be sure to rearrange the leads where they were
before disassembling.

4. Take sufficient care on static electricity of integrated
circuits and other circuits when servicing.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1 Top Cabinet 1. Screw ................ (A1) x5 16-1

2 Side Panel

(Left/Right)

1. Screw ................ (B1) x8 16-1

3 Rear Panel 1. Screw ................ (C1) x3 16-2

2. Screw ................ (C2) x8

(For CD-MD3000H)

2. Screw ................ (C2) x7

(For CD-MD3000W)

4 Front Panel 1. Flat Cable.......... (D1) x1 16-2

2. Screw ................ (D2) x4

3. Socket ............... (D3) x6

5 Sub Trans PWB 1. Screw ................ (E1) x3 16-2

2. Socket ............... (E2) x5

6 Main PWB 1. Flat Cable.......... (F1) x1 16-2

2. Screw ................ (F2) x2

3. Screw ................ (F3) x1

4. Socket ............... (F4) x2

5. Flat Cable.......... (F5) x1

7 MD Mechanism/ 1. Socket ............... (G1) x2 17-1

Relay PWB 2. Screw ................ (G2) x1

2. Screw ................ (G3) x4

8 Power PWB/ 1. Socket ............... (H1) x1 17-1

Speaker PWB (For CD-MD3000H)

1. Socket ............... (H1) x2

(For CD-MD3000W)

2. Screw ................ (H2) x2

9 Tape Mechanism 1. Open the cassette holder 17-2

2. Screw ................ (J1) x4

10 CD Switch PWB/ 1. Socket ............... (K1) x1 17-2

MD Switch PWB 2. Screw ................ (K2) x6

3. Hook .................. (K3) x2

11 Switch PWB 1. Screw ................ (L1) x1 17-2

12 Headphones PWB 1. Screw ................ (M1) x1 17-2

2. Bracket .............. (M2) x1

13 CD Changer door 1. Screw ................ (P1) x3 17-2

panel/ 2. Screw ................ (P2) x2

Control Panel

14 Motor PWB 1. Solder................ (Q1) x2 17-2

15 CD Changer door 1. Screw ................ (R1) x4 17-3

panel

16 Control Panel 1. Screw ................ (S1) x6 17-3

17 Control PWB 1. Screw ................ (T1) x5 17-4

2. Socket ............... (T2) x1

18 Jog PWB 1. Screw ................ (U1) x5 17-4

19 LED B PWB 1. Screw ................ (V1) x3 17-4

20 Cassette holder 1.

Open the cassette holder Cover

17-5

Cover 2. Screw ................ (W1) x4

3. Display Panel .... (W2) x1

4. Hook .................. (W3) x4

21 Display PWB/ 1. Screw ................ (X1) x4 17-6

LED A PWB 2. Hook.................. (X2) x2

STEP REMOVAL

PROCEDURE

FIGURE

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Front Panel

Top Cabinet

Side Panel(Right)

Side Panel
(Left)

Rear Panel

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

(A1)x2

ø3x16mm

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

(A1)x1

ø3x10mm

(A1)x2

ø3x16mm

CD-MD3000W Only

CD-MD3000H Only

(C2)x7

ø3x10mm

(C2)x1

ø3x10mm

Main

PWB

Front
Panel

Tape

Mechanism PWB

(D3)x1

Speaker PWB

(C1)x1

ø3x10mm

(D2)x1

ø3x8mm

(F2)x2

ø3x10mm

(C1)x2

ø3x10mm

Rear Panel

(D2)x2

ø3x8mm

(D2)x1

ø3x8mm

(F3)x1

ø3x8mm

(F4)x1

(D1)x1

CD PWB

Power PWB

CD-MD3000H
Only

CD-MD3000W
Only

(D3)x1

(F1)x1

(E1)x3

ø3x8mm

MD Mechanism

(E2)x3

(F4)x1

Power PWB

Main PWB

Sub Trans

PWB

Speaker

PWB

(D3)x4

(E2)x2

(F5)x1

Lug Wire

– 17 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 17-1

Figure 17-2

Figure 17-3

Figure 17-4

Figure 17-5

Figure 17-6

(K2)x5

ø3x10mm

(P2)x1

ø3x20mm

(J1)x4

ø3x10mm

(K2)x1

ø3x10mm

Tape Mechanism

Front Panel

Cassette

Holder

Open

(K1)x1

(K3)x1

(K3)x1

Switch PWB

Headphones
PWB

(M2)x1

(P1)x3

ø3x10mm

(L1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

(M1)x1

ø3x10mm

CD Changer
Door Panel

Motor

PWB

(Q1)x2

CD Switch
PWB

(P2)x1

ø3x20mm

MD Switch PWB

Lug Wire

(S1)x2

ø2.6x12mm

(R1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

(R1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

(R1)x2

ø2.6x10mm

(S1)x2
ø2.6x12mm

(S1)x2

ø2.6x12mm

CD Changer

Door Panel

Control Panel

(T1)x5

ø2.6x10mm

(T2)x1

(V1)x2

ø2.6x10mm

(V1)x1

ø2.6x10mm

(U1)x5

ø2.6x10mm

Control Panel B

Control PWB

Control Panel A

LED B PWB

LED Holder

Jog PWB

(W1)x4

ø2.6x12mm

Front Panel

(W2)x1

(W3)x4

Open

Cassette
Holder Cover

(X1)x4

ø3x14mm

(X2)x1

LED A
PWB

Cassette
Holder Cover

Display
PWB

(X2)x1

(H2)x1

ø3x10mm

(G3)x2

ø3x6mm

(G3)x2

ø3x6mm

(H2)x1

ø3x10mm

(H1)x1

(H1)x1

Power PWB

Speaker

PWB

CD Changer
Block

Main Chassis

MD Mechanism

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

Relay PWB

(G1)x2

(G2)x1

ø3x8mm

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 18 –

Figure 18-1

Figure 18-2

1 Top Cabinet 1. Screw ................ (A1) x5 16-1

2 Side Panel

(Left/Right)

1. Screw ................ (B1) x8 16-1

3 Rear Panel 1. Screw ................ (C1) x3 16-2

2. Screw ................ (C2) x8

(For CD-MD3000H)

2. Screw ................ (C2) x7

(For CD-MD3000W)

4 Front Panel 1. Flat Cable.......... (D1) x1 16-2

2. Screw ................ (D2) x4

3. Socket ............... (D3) x6

5 CD Changer 1. Flat Cable.......... (Y1) x1 18-1

Mechanism 2. Screw ................ (Y2) x2

3. Screw ................ (Y3) x5

6 CD PWB 1. Screw ................ (Z1) x4 18-2

(Note) 2. Socket ............... (Z2) x4

3. Flat Wire............ (Z3) x2

7 CD Mechanism 1. Screw ................ (ZZ1) x4 18-2

STEP

REMOVAL PROCEDURE

FIGURE

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W (CD CHANGER MECHANISM UNIT)

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

1 MD Mechanism/ 1. Screw ............ (AA1) x8 18-3

MD Main PWB 2. Flat Cable...... (AA2) x3

3. Flexble PWB . (AA3) x1

4. Socket ........... (AA4) x2

STEP REMOVAL

PROCEDURE

FIGURE

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W (MD MECHANISM)

(Y3)x3

ø3x10mm

(Y2)x1

ø3x10mm

Bottom Side

Slide it in the direction of the arrow
after removing the screw (Y2).

Front Side

(Y2)x1

ø3x10mm

(Y3)x2

ø3x10mm

Main Chassis

CD PWB

(Y1)x1

CD Changer

Mechanism

(Z1)x4

ø3x10mm

(Z3)x1

(Z2)x1

(Z2)x1

(Z3)x1

(Z2)x2

(ZZ1)x4

ø2.6x10mm

CD PWB

CD Changer

Mechanism

CD Mechanism

(AA2)x2

(AA1)x1

ø2x2mm

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA2)x1

(AA4)x1

(AA4)x1

(AA1)x1

ø2x3mm

(AA1)x2

ø1.7x3mm

(AA3)x1

Pull

Pull

MD Main PWB

MD Mechanism

Shield Case,Side

Shield Case,Top

Shield Case,Bottom

Optical pickup
Flexible PWB
(Note 1)

(Note 1) After removing the flexible PWB for optical pickup
from the connector wrap the front end of flexible PWB in
conductive aluminum foil so as to protect the optical pickup
from being damaged electrostatically.

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

Figure 18-3

– 19 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1 Woofer/Tweeter/ 1. Net................. (A1) x1 19-1

Sub Woofer 2. Front Panel ... (A2) x1

3. Screw ............ (A3) x4 19-2

4. Ring ............... (A4) x1

5.

Catching holder ..

(A5) x2

6. Screw ............ (A6) x2

7. Cover............. (A7) x1

8. Screw ............ (A8) x2

9. Screw ............ (A9) x4 19-3

10. Cover............. (A10) x1

STEP REMOVAL PROCEDURE FIGURE

Figure 19-1

Figure 19-2

Figure 19-3

Top Side

Rear Side

Sub Woofer

(A10)x1

(A9)x4
ø4x20mm

Speaker Box

Driver should
be pried away
from Speaker Box.

Screw Driver

(A1)x1

(A2)x1

Speaker Box

Bottom Side

(A3)x4
ø4x16mm

(A4)x1

Woofer

Speaker Box

Tweeter

(A5)x2

(A7)x1

(A6)x2
ø3x10mm

(A8)x2
ø3x10mm

CP-RW5000H/CP-RW5000W

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 20 –

REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE MAIN PARTS

MD MECHANISM SECTION

For details about the procedure to remove the MD mechanism
from the main unit, refer to the Disassembly Procedure, Steps
1-7 in the main unit and also the MD section.
(Referring to page18)

Caution:

After pulling out the optical pickup connector, wrap the end
of the connector in conductive aluminium foil to prevent the
optical pickup from being destroyed by static electricity.

How to remove the magnetic head
(See Fig. 20-1)

1. Remove the screws (A1) x 1 pc.

Caution:

Take utmost care so that the magnetic head is not damaged
when it is mounted.

Figure 20-1

How to remove the MD loading motor PWB/MD
loading motor
(See Fig. 20-2)

1. Remove the screw (B1) x 1 pc.

2. Remove the Hoock (B2) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD
Loading PWB.

3. Remove the screw (B3) x 2 pcs., and remove the MD
Loading motor.

How to remove the MD sled motor/optical pickup
(See Fig. 20-3)

1. Remove the screws (C1) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD sled
motor.

2. Remove the optical pickup.

Caution:

Be careful so that the gear is not damaged.
(The damaged gear emits noise during searching.)

Figure 20-2

(A1)x1

ø1.7x5mm

MD Mechanism

Magnetic Head

(B3)x2
ø1.7x3mm

(B1)x1
ø1.7x6mm

(B2)x2

(B2)x1

MD Loading Motor

MD Loading Motor
PWB

(C1)x2
ø1.4x4.5mm

(C1)x1

ø1.4x5mm

Optical
Pickup

MD Sled Motor

Washer

MD Mechanism
Switch PWB

Figure 20-3

– 21 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 21-1

How to remove the MD spindle motor
(See Fig. 21-1)

1. Remove the screws (D1) x 3 pcs., and remove the MD
spindle motor.

Caution:

Be careful so that the gear is not damaged.
(The damaged gear emits noise during searching.)

(D1)x3

ø1.4x3mm

MD Spindle Motor

CD MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 7 of the disassembly method to remove the
CD mechanism. (See page 18.)

Note:

After removing the connector for the optical pickup from the
connector, wrap the conductive aluminium foil around the
front end of connector remove to protect the optical pickup
from electrostatic damage.

How to Remove the pickup (See Fig. 21-2.)

1. Remove the screws (A1)x 2 pcs., to remove shaft (A2)x 1
pc.

2. Remove stop washer (A3)x 1 pc., to remove gear (A4)x 1 pc.

3. Remove the pickup.

(A1) x1
ø2.6 x6mm

CD
Mechanism

Stop Washer
(A3) x1

Gear
(A4) x1

Shaft
(A2) x1

Pickup

(A1) x1
ø2.6 x6mm

Figure 21-2

Figure 21-3

How to Remove the tray motor/main cam motor
(See Fig. 21-3.)

1. Remove the screws (B1)x 4 pcs., to remove the CD PWB.

2. Remove the (1) front top plate, (2) changer box, left/right
and (3) disc trays 1~6. After that, disassemble as shown in
the figure.

3. Remove the screws (B2)x 4 pcs.

4. Remove the tray motor and main cam motor.

CD CHANGER MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 5 of the disassembly method to remove the
CD changer mechanism. (See page 18.)

Main Cam Motor

Tray Motor

CD PWB

(1) Front Top Plate

(2) Changer Box,
Left

(2)Changer Box,
Right

(3) Disc Tray,1~6

CD Changer Mechanism

(B1)x4

ø3x10mm

(B2)x4

ø2.6x4mm

Note:

The parts of (1), (2) and (3) correspond to the drawing Nos.
117, 102, 103 and 108 to 113 of the CD change mechanism
disassembly drawing.
Remove the screws of 117, 102 and 103, and the parts of (1),
(2) and (3) will be ready for removal and the screws of the tray
motor and main cam motor will be visible.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 22 –

Figure 22-1

Figure 22-2

Figure 22-3

Figure 22-4

TAPE MECHANISM SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 4 and 9 of the disassembly method to
remove the tape mechanism.

How to remove the record/playback and erase
heads (See Fig. 22-1)

1. When you remove the screws (A1) x 2 pcs., the recording/
playback head and three-dimensional head of the erasing
head can be removed.

How to remove the pinch roller (See Fig. 22-2)

1. Carefully bend the pinch roller pawl in the direction of the
arrow <A>, and remove the pinch roller (B1) x1 pc., in the
direction of the arrow <B>.

Note:

When installing the pinch roller, pay attention to the spring
mounting position.

How to remove the belt (See Fig. 22-3)

1. Remove the motor.

2. Remove the main belt (C1) x 1 pc., from the motor side.

3. Remove the FF/REW belt (C2) x 1 pc.

How to remove the motor (See Fig. 22-4)

1. Remove the belt.

2. Remove the screws (D1) x 2 pcs., to remove the motor.

Pinch
Roller
(B1)x1

<A>

Pinch
Roller
Pawl

Pull

<B>

Pull

(Left)

<A>

Pinch
Roller
Pawl

Pull

<B>

Pull

(Right)

(A1)x2
Ø2 x 6mm

Record/
Playback
Head

Erase
Head

How to remove the control panel motor
(See Fig. 22-5)

1. Remove the control panel.

2. Remove the screws (E1) x 6 pcs., to remove the CD changer

door panel.

3. Remove the screws (F1) x 2 pcs., to remove the control

panel motor.

FRONT PANEL SECTION

Perform steps 1 to 4 of the disassembly method to remove the
front panel.

CD Changer
Door Panel

CD Changer
Door Panel

Control
Panel
Motor

Gear Box A

(E1)x1
ø2.6x10mm

(E1)x3
ø2.6x10mm

(E1)x2
ø2.6x10mm

(F1)x2
ø2x5mm

Motor PWB

Gear Box B

Control Panel

Figure 22-5

Main Belt
(C1)x1

FF/REW Belt
(C2)x1

Motor

(D1)x2
Ø 2.6 x 5mm

Motor

– 23 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1. Motor assembly (x 2) mounting (screw x 4) 01/29 Fig.24

2. MT idle gear mounting (screw x 1) 25 Fig.24

3. MT system gear assembly 23/24/26/27 Fig.24

4. STB/tray drive system gear and others assembling/ 37/38/45/46 (53)/47/48 Fig.24
mounting (screw x 3)

5. Tray big gear assembly 31 Fig.24 Gear positioning

6. T.M SW PWB mounting (screw x 3) Fig.25

7. STB holder assembling 03 Fig.24

8. STB drive gear L/R assembly mounting (screw x 2) 11 (10)/12 (10) Fig.24

9. Tray joint gear R/tray drive gear R assembling 34/36 Fig.25 Gear positioning

10. Tray gear A/B assembling 32/33 Fig.25 Gear positioning

11. Lift gear B/C assembling 43/44 Fig.26 Gear positioning

12. MT idler gear F assembling, mode big gear 28/41 Fig.26
mounting (screw x 1)

13. Change box R mounting (screw x 4) 04 Fig.26

14. Lift gear A assembling 42 Fig.26 Gear positioning

15. Change box L assembly mounting (screw x 4) 02/30/35 Fig.27

16. Lift cam assembling (shaft inserting) 40 Fig.27 Gear positioning

17. STB holder height adjusting Fig.28 Check/adjustment

18. Top plate F/disc OB LEV. Mounting (screw x 6) 80 Fig.28

19. Trays 1 - 6 assembling 91/92/93/94/95/96 Fig.29

20. Top plate R mounting (screw x 6) ––

Applied part No.

Work content

Assembly fig. No.

Remarks

CD CHANGER MECHANISM MAIN BASE PARTS ASSEMBLING/ADJUSTING
PROCEDURE

01 (101) MAIN BASE
02 (102) CHANGE BOX L
03 (147) STB HOLDER
04 (103) CHANGE BOX R

10 (119) STB DRIVE GEAR A
11 (120) STB DRIVE GEAR L
12 (122) STB DRIVE GEAR R
20 (149) STABILIZER FH

23 (141) MT IDLER GEAR A
24 (138) MT IDLER GEAR B
25 (137) MT IDLER GEAR C
26 (140) MT IDLER GEAR D
27 (139) MT IDLER GEAR E
28 (131) MT IDLER GEAR F
29 (MOB1,2) MOTOR GEAR
30 (143) TRAY DRIVE GEAR F
31 (134) TRAY BIG GEAR
32 (135) TRAY GEAR A
33 (136) TRAY GEAR B
34 (124) TRAY DRIVE GEAR R
35 (144) TRAY JOINT GEAR F
36 (125) TRAY JOINT GEAR R
37 (142) TRAY GEAR C
38 (130) TRAY IDLER GEAR

Part name

No.

40 (115) LIFT CAM
41 (126) MODE BIG GEAR
42 (127) LIFT GEAR A
43 (128) LIFT GEAR B
44 (129) LIFT GEAR C
45 (132) STB GEAR A
46 (104) STB GEAR B
47 (133-1) STB GEAR C
48 (133-3) STB GEAR D

50 (145) LIFT LEVER
51 (106) TRAY LOCK LEVER
52 (118) DISC OB LEVER
53 (105) STB GEAR ANG.

80 (117) TOP PLATE F
81 (114) TOP PLATE R

91 (108) TRAY 1
92 (109) TRAY 2
93 (110) TRAY 3
94 (111) TRAY 4
95 (112) TRAY 5
96 (113) TRAY 6

Part nameNo.

CD CHANGER MECHANISM PARTS LIST

The number of ( ) is the number of the parts guide.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 24 –

Figure 24

31
TRAY BIG GEAR

31
TRAY BIG GEAR

37
TRAY GEAR C

38
TRAY IDLER GEAR

37
TRAY GEAR C

38
TRAY IDLER GEAR

47

STB GEAR C

47

STB GEAR C

46

STB GEAR B

46
STB GEAR B

10

STB DRIVE GEAR A

29

01
MAIN BASE

29

23

23

24

25

26

27

Mark position

03
STB HOLDER

48
STB GEAR D

12

STB DRIVE GEAR R

(ASS'Y)

11

STB DRIVE GEAR L

(ASS'Y)

11(/12) (10)
STB DRIVE GEAR L(/R)

(ASS'Y)

10

STB DRIVE GEAR A

45

STB GEAR A

45

STB GEAR A

53

STB GEAR ANG.

53

STB GEAR ANG.

After assembling TRAY BIG GEAR, turn it in the arrow direction.

TRAY BIG GEAR ASSEMBLING POSITION

– 25 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

31

M T SW PWB

33
TRAY
GEAR B

32
TRAY GEAR A

33

TRAY GEAR B

37

32
TRAY GEAR A

38

34
TRAY DRIVE GEAR R

36
TRAY JOINT GEAR R

47

46

34
TRAY DRIVE GEAR R

36
TRAY JOINT GEAR R

10

29

29

23

23

24

25

26

27

Mark position

11

45

TRAY BIG GEAR SET POSITION

33

32

Direct the recess part
(trapezoidal side) of the axis
35 in this direction.

* This position becomes the
reference (stock) position
of the tray.

These holes must align.

It must not rotate in contact
with the peripheral (hatched)
part of 31.

These holes must align.

After assembling 32,
assemble 33.

*1: To position the axis part of 36, engage it with 38.
*2: When it is aligned as described in *1, the hatched part
(low gear-height part of gear) will be positioned in this position.
Note: After positioning the tray big gear in the set position, engage these gears.

*1

*2

Scale: 2 magnifications

Scale: 2 magnifications

Figure 25

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 26 –

43

LIFT GEAR B

41
MODE BIG GEAR

33

32

04
CHANGE BOX R

47

46

28

MT IDLER GEAR F

10

Mark position

11

45

42

LIFT GEAR A

53

37

38

44
LIFT GEAR C

34

36

(A)

(B)

44
LIFT GEAR C

43

LIFT GEAR B

42
LIFT GEAR A

41
MODE BIG GEAR

Note:

(Assemble the mode big gear in this position.)

To assemble the mode
big gear, incline it,
bring it into contact with
the circumference and
put the center hole into
position since the
hatched part of the main
base is overlapped with
the circumference.

Direct the short tooth
toward the center.

MODE BIG GEAR
LIFT GEAR A/B/C
ASSEMBLING POSITION

Scale: 2 magnifications

Scale: 2 magnifications

<Assembling method of lift gear>

After setting up the mode big gear in the
shown position, engage it with the STB gear A
(gear on the lower side) at the position (A),
and assemble them, turning it in the arrow direction
into the position (B). (The short tooth directs toward the
center of the mode big gear.)

Figure 26

– 27 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

43 44

41

33

32

47

46

28

10

Mark position

11

45

42

LIFT GEAR A

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

02
CHANGE BOX L

*1

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

40
LIFT CAM

40

LIFT CAM

30
TRAY DRIVE GEAR F

35
TRAY JOINT GEAR F

37°

*2

TRAY JOINT GEAR F
(CHANGE BOX L ASS'Y) ASSEMBLING POSITION
LIFT CAM

Direct the recess part (trapezoidal side)
of the axis 35 in this direction.

Assembling procedure

1. Turn the mode big gear approx. 37 degrees in the arrow direction.

2. Assemble the change box L ass'y.
Note: At this time, the tray joint gear F must be located in the position shown in figure.
Moreover, the gear must be engaged securely.

3. After assembly, return the mode big gear to the initial position.

4. Assemble the lift cam.
Note: At this time, the lift cam (No.40) must be located in the position shown in figure 24.

Scale: 2 magnifications

*1: To position the axis part
of 35, engage it with 33.
*2: When it is aligned as
described in *1, the hatched part
(low gear-height part of gear)

will be positioned as shown.
Since this gear engagement is not
visually checked, verify that it does
not float when the gear box L is installed.

Scale: 2 magnifications

During assembly, make the
O part visible in this direction.

Note: Among 4 ribs on the
circumference, one rib alone
is provided with O.

Figure 27

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 28 –

Figure 28

43

41

33

32

47

46

10

Mark position

11

45

42

LIFT GEAR A

30

35

40

80
TOP PLATE F

80
TOP PLATE F

240
OS LEVER

40

44

30

35

When the height of
STB holder is low,

(Increase the clearance.)

Bend this part.

When the height of
STB holder is high,

(Decrease the clearance.)

Scale: 2 magnifications

Details

Bend this part to adjust the height of the STB holder.

Adjusting procedure

1. Turn the mode big gear approx. 37 degrees in the arrow direction.

2. Viewing from the front side of the mechanism, verify that the guide ribs
(CHANGE BOX L/R and STB HOLDER) of tray are as tall as each other.

3. If they are not, bend the lever for adjustment. (Refer to the details.)
Note: Also apply the same adjustment on the R side.

Height of the rib

37°

STB HOLDER HEIGHT ADJUSTING METHOD

– 29 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Measure to be taken when a disc cannot be removed due to a mechanism trouble

First, remove the mechanism unit section from the set, and check for the state of the disc.
(Remove the top plate R if necessary.)
<State of the disc>
(1) When the disc is in the normal PLAY (chucking) position -> Try to eject the disc by turning the mode big gear/tray big gear

manually.
* At this time, be sure to adjust the tray's position (height).
(2) When the disc is in the normal STOCK position -> Try to eject the disc by turning the tray big gear manually.
* At this time, be sure to adjust the tray's position (height).
(3) When the disc is not in the normal position -> The tray or disc is not in the normal position. (The tray or disc may catch

somewhere.)

Remove the TOP PLATE F/DISC OB lever.
Unlock the tray lock lever and pull out the tray which is not caught.
Move the caught tray or disc and remove the disc.

In case of (1) and (2), the mechanism is normal (defective circuit parts, etc.). However, it may stop somewhere.
This is the reason why you should try to turn the tray big gear first.
In case of (3), either of the big gears does not turn.

Figure 29

43

41

33

32

91~96
TRAY1~TRAY6

47

46

10

Mark position

11

45

42

LIFT GEAR A

30

35

40

40

44

30

35

Insert it along the guide of
the change box.

96
TRAY 6

95
TRAY 5

94
TRAY 4

93
TRAY 3

92
TRAY 2

91
TRAY 1

TRAY No.1~6

Be sure to assemble the tray into this position.

Tray installing method: (After adjusting the height of the STB holder)

1. Turn the mode big gear to the mark position to lower the STB holder to the bottom area.

2. From the front side, install the tray. (Securely insert it to the lock position.)

Rear surface: Stamped.
Note: During insertion,
Do not accidentally rearrange
tray numbers.

Rear
side

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 30 –

MECHANISM SECTION

• Driving Force Check

Torque Meter

Specified Value

Play: TW-2412 Over 80 g

• Torque Check

Torque Meter

Play: TW-2111 30 to 60 g.cm
Fast forward: TW-2231 60 to 120 g.cm
Rewind: TW-2231 60 to 120 g.cm

Specified

Value

Adjusting

Point

Instrument

Connection

Test Tape

ADJUSTMENT

Specified Value

• Tape Speed

MTT-111 Variable 3,000 ± 90 Hz Speaker

resistor in Terminal
motor.

Figure 30-1 ADJUSTMENT POINT

TAPE MECHANISM

Variable
Resistor
in motor

Tape motor

Type

1. 33 Pin extension QCNWN6931AFZZ
flat cable, 500mm

Part No.

Extension cable

CNP1

CD PWB-C

33

33

1

1

33

1

CNP901

33

1

33Pin extension flat cable
QCNWN6931AFZZ

MAIN PWB-A

Figure 30-2 EXTENSION CABLE

– 31 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 31 ADJUSTMENT POINTS

CD-MD3000H

CD-MD3000W

TUNER SECTION

Adjusting

Parts

Display

Frequency

• FM Mute Level (FM ST MODE)

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 40 kHz dev., FM modulated

*1. Adjust so that an output signal appears.

98.00 MHz 98.00 MHz VR351 *1 Input: CNP301
(26 dBµV) Output: Speaker

Terminal

Instrument

Connection

*1. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal
*2. Input: Antenna Output: TP301

Test Stage

Frequency

Display

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument
Connection

AM IF 450 kHz 1,620 kHz T351 *1

AM Band — 522 kHz (fL): T306 *2

Coverage 1.1 ± 0.1 V
AM 990 kHz 990 kHz T302 *1

Tracking

fL: Low-range frequency
fH: High-range frequency

Signal generator: 400 Hz, 30%, AM modulated

• AM IF/RF

• FM RF

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 75 kHz dev., FM modulated

FM Band — 87.50 MHz (fL): T311 *1
Coverage 1.3 ± 50 mV

FM RF 98.00 MHz 98.0 MHz L312 *2

(10~30 dB)

Test Stage

Frequency Frequency

Display

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

*1. Input: Antenna Output: TP301
*2. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal

CD-MD3000H

*1. Input: Antenna Output: Speaker Terminal
*2. Input: Antenna Output: TP301

Test Stage

Frequency Display

Setting/

Adjusting

Parts

Instrument

Connection

AM IF 450 kHz 1,602 kHz T351 *1

AM Band — 522 kHz (fL): T306 *2

Coverage 1.1 ± 0.1 V
AM 990 kHz 990 kHz T302 *1

Tracking

Signal generator: 400 Hz, 30%, AM modulated

• AM IF/RF

CD-MD3000W

• FM
Notes:

1: Description of the "FM IF Adjustment" is not carried on this

Manual. It is because the IF coil in the FM front end section
has been best adjusted in the factory so that its further
adjustment is not needed at the field. When replacing the
FM front end assembly, no adjustment is needed either.

2: The parts in the FM front end section are prepared in a

complete unit, so you can't obtain each part individually.

Adjusting

Parts

Display

Frequency

• FM Mute Level (FM ST MODE)

Signal generator: 1 kHz, 40 kHz dev., FM modulated

*1. Adjust so that an output signal appears.

98.00 MHz 98.00 MHz VR351 *1 Input: SO301
(26 dBµV) Output: Speaker

Terminal

Instrument

Connection

IC301

1

9

T306

T302

T311

L312

BF301

MAIN PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

AM IF

TP301TP301

AM
TRACKING

AM BAND
COVERAGE fL

FM BAND
COVERAGE fL

FM RF

FM IF

VR351

T351

T312

R345

T306

T302

MAIN PWB

AM IF

CNP301

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

SO301

FM

ANTENNA

TERMINAL

VR351

T351

R345

FE301

1

FM MUTE
LEVEL

AM
TRACKING

AM BAND
COVERAGE fL

CNP301

FM/AM LOOP

ANTENNA

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 32 –

Test mode name I N I T I A L
Set-Up Complete Function F I N I S H

Character display

Item Type Auxiliary display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Auxiliary display

Note

Outline

While the unit is turned off, press the POWER key while holding down the VOLUME-DOWN and PANEL OP/CL keys to enter
the test mode selection mode. Then, the unit is started, the panel is opened, and the microcomputer's version/destination/span
is displayed. If the following data is entered from the keyboard while in the test mode selection mode, the unit directly enters
the specified test mode. This operation is applied to the main unit's keys only.

In the destination display, a destination code (H/W/U/J) is displayed. For the span display, "9" means 9 kHz/50 kHz, and "10"
means 10/100 kHz. All pictures will disappear except the characters.

By pressing the specific key, you can enter the test mode whose functions are as follows:

Menu display Shortcut Key Model

System INITIAL CD1 PLAY ALL Shipping status setting

SOFT_RESET CD2 PLAY ALL Soft rest
CD CD_TEST CD1 EJECT ALL CD test
Tuner TUN_PRESET CD4 EJECT ALL Tuner test frequency preset

TUNER_TEST CD5 EJECT ALL Tuner test
MD MD_TEST CD ALL MD test

Outline of Test Mode

Shipping status setting test mode

Purpose: To set up the unit for shipping.
Function: Initialize all functions.
Operation: All settings are initialized, "FINISH" is displayed as in the sample display, and data entry is prohibited includin g data

to turn on or off the unit.

TEST MODE

Version • Destination V * • * Left adjust in the first line

Character display

Example: V1. 1_W:_9

Destination

Number

Span

Item Type

Auxiliary display

12345678910

Auxiliary display

Note

To exit the test mode

The unit returns to the normal operation through reset entry.

Table Character display for test mode 1

In the destination display, a destination code is displayed. For the span display, "9" means 9 kHz/50 kHz, and "10" means 10/
100 kHz.

Name Description
1 Shipping status setting Sets up the unit for shipping.
2 Soft set setting Initializes the unit.
3 CD test Performs tests such as the CD mechanism test, hardware test,and constant setting test.
4 Tuner test Presets the test frequency.

frequency preset
5 Tuner preset clear setting Clears all presets.
6 MD test Setting MD micro computer to test mode.

– 33 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

2. Soft reset

Purpose: To initialize the unit.
Function: To initialize all functions.
Operation: "ALL CLEAR" is displayed, all functions are initialized, and the unit is turned on.

To exit the test mode

When the initialization through soft reset is complete, the unit is turned on.

Table Character display for test mode 2

3. CD test mode (If this test mode is not activated, refer to CD troubleshooting on page 89.)

In the CD test mode, each step can be performed even if the LID-SW is off. However, if you cannot obtain a focus in step
3 or if other kind of error handling starts, you cannot proceed to the following steps. In error handling, press the POWER key
to exit the test mode, or press the STOP key to prohibit operations other than returning to step 1.

(1) Step 1 mode

In the CD test mode, the following display appears, CD initialization is performed, and you are prompted for data.
Reset operation display / Operation
"CD_TEST"
After lighting up for one second

"T1___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER"........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD" ................ While holding down this key, the pickup moves outward after returning to the innermost track.

"REV" ................. While holding down this key, the pickup moves inward after returning to the innermost track.

"PLAY" ............... Jumps to step 2.

"STOP"............... Cancelled.

"TAPE REC" ...... Jumps to step 5.

* While the pickup is moving to the innermost track in the initialization, none of the keys except POWER is accepted. When PU-

IN SW ON cannot be detected in ten seconds, the unit stops the slide motor and shows the following error code. Then, you
can press the POWER key to exit the test mode, or the STOP key to return to step 1. You cannot perform other operations.

"E--CD01"

(2) Step 2 mode

When the "PLAY" key is pressed in the above mode, the laser is turned on. At this time, another operation must not be

performed.

Display "T2___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD"................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REV".................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumps to step 2.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

Reset operation Operation A L L C L E A R
display

Character display

Item Type Auxiliary display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Auxiliary display

Note

(3) Step 3 mode

Performs focus search and turns on the focus servo.
Focus search is repeated until it is brought into focus.

Display "T3___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FF/FWD" ........... While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REW/REV" ........ While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumping to step 4 when a focus is obtained. Otherwise, data entry is prohibited.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus after bringing it into focus.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 34 –

(4) Step 4 mode

Rotate a disc.
Displayed string: "T4___________0:00"
The clock display should always be "0:00".

The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FF/FWD" ........... While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REW/REV" ........ While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Jumps to step 5.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

"TAPE REC"....... Jumps to step 5.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus.

(5) Step 5 mode

Start playback. When the pickup reaches the outermost track, it does not stop. The LCD screen shows the replay time elapsed

as in the normal CD playback.
Display "T5___________0:00"
The keys you can press here and the resulting operations are as follows:

"POWER" ........... The test mode is turned off, the power is turned off, and the unit is placed in the normal stand-by mode.

"FWD"................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved outward.

"REV".................. While holding down this key, the pickup is moved inward.

"PLAY"................ Canceled.

"STOP" ............... Returns to step 1.

* You should return to step 1 if it is out of focus.

Notes:

• In the test mode, TOC IL is not performed.

• Only the keys for adjusting the volume are accepted except the keys described.

4. Tuner test frequency preset

Purpose: To preset a test frequency for an in-factory test.
Function: To preset each preset number to the band and frequency shown in Table 34 based on the initial setting for the

destination.

Operation: To preset the band and frequency shown in the table below and turn the unit on with the following setting.

Function Tuner
Band FM monaural
Tuning mode Preset call selection
Call preset number Preset number 1 frequency
Band's last preset channel See Table 34
X-BASS Off
Preset equalizer FLAT

For other functions, the value which was set when the unit was turned off last time is valid (last state).
To exit the test mode
After the frequency is preset and the set-up is done, the unit is turned on and normal operations start.

1 % FM 87.5 MHz FM 87.5 MHz
2 FM 108.0 MHz FM 108.0 MHz
3 FM FM 90.0 MHz FM 90.0 MHz
4 FM 106.0 MHz FM 106.0 MHz
5 FM 98.0 MHz FM 98.0 MHz

6 % AM 522 kHz AM 531 kHz
7 AM 1620 kHz AM 1602 kHz
8 AM AM 603 kHz AM 603 kHz
9 AM 1404 kHz AM 1404 kHz
10 AM 990 kHz AM 990 kHz

11-40

Table 34. TEST-TuSet preset frequencies

Unused channels are indicated with "––".
"%" indicates the last channel for each band.
All FM bands are preset to FM monaural.

BAND CD-MD3000HCH CD-MD3000W

– 35 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD SECTION

Enter the test mode, adjust or set as shown in the following table according to the repair operations.

PICK replacement

HEAD replacement
MECHANISM

replacement
MAIN PWB

assembly replacement
MD microcomputer

replacement
MD LSI replacement

RF IC replacement
EEPROM IC

replacement

TEMP

basic

setting
TEMP

Execution item

required

Repair
operations

number to and
" – " is an item that you don't have to execute.

The EEPROM writing result is shown at the end of the test mode

Although "SET" was written normally, it was not written in the "YOBI COMPLETE" state.

Peform "AUTO-YOBI" adjustment. After making a normal adjustment,
write the preliminary adjustment into the EEPROM.

OK_EEPROM: "SET" and "YOBI COMPLETE" were written normally
WR_EEPROM:

NG_EEPROM: "SET" could not be written.

indicate the order of inplementation.

Checking

EEPROM

setting

EEPROM_SET

AUTO-YOBI

adjustment

AUTO-

adjustment

AUTO-FAB

adjustment

AUTO–YOBI AUTO–ADJ AUTO–FAB

TEST-CANCEL

Writing the

EEPROM

setting

TEST-CANCEL

Writing the

EEPROM

setting

TEST-PLAY

Operation check

TEST-REC

Check the connection between the MD microcomputer and the EEPROM.

1

1

1

1

1
1

1

2

2
2

1

2

2

3

3
3

2

3

3

4

4
4

3

4

4

5

5
5

4

2

5

5

6

6
6

5

3

6

6

7

7
7

89

6

5

8

1

8

9

9
9

4

7

7

8

8
8

5Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0109AFZZ

2Pin extension connector
QCNWK0129AFZZ

MD MAIN PWB

6Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0130AFZZ

28Pin extension flat cable

QCNWK0108AFZZ

Extension PWB for service

(RUNTK0532AFZZ)

Fit the extension PWB for service to the mechanism

From Optical
Pickup Unit

From Magnetic Head

From mechanism
switch PWB

Extension Cable

Type

1 Extension PWB for servicing RUNTK0532AFZZ
2 Extension Connector (2 Pin) QCNWK0129AFZZ
3 Extension Cable (6 Pin) QCNWK0130AFZZ
4 Extension Cable (5 Pin) QCNWK0109AFZZ
5 Extension Cable (28 Pin) QCNWK0108AFZZ

Part No.

Figure 35

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 36 –

[POWER] O O ___ Single press Turning on/off the power of the set.

When the power of the set is in the on state, it is
turned off; when it is in the off state, it is turned on.

[EQ] O O B 2 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To the servo adjustment

mode (Feed of the menu for the adjustment and
EEPROM)

[X-BASS] O O B 4 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To the recording mode

(Feed of the menu mainly for the continuous
playback and continuous recording)

[PLAY] O O F 2 h Single press Test mode menu feed. To other modes

(Feed of the menu of the INNER mode,
JUMP SELECT, etc.)

[REV PLAY] O O A 8 h Single press Menu reverse feed in each mode.

(Effective in each test mode)

[TAPE REC] O O A 2 h Single press

Decision of the menu select or start of its execution.

[STOP] O O A 7 h Single press Cancellation of each test item and transition to the

menu select of one higher order

[FF/CUE] O O A A h Single press 1) Outer periphery feed of the slide motor (FWD).

Continuous Continued outer periphery feed
press 2) Execution of JUMP

3) Address set value UP
Others

[REW/REV] O O A C h Single press 1) Inner periphery feed of the slide motor (REV).

Continuous Continued inner periphery feed
press 2) Execution of JUMP

3) Address set value DOWN
Others

[JOG UP] O F 3 h ___ 1) Forced UNLOAD feed of a disc

2) Adjustment value +1

[JOG DOWN] O F 4 h ___ 1) Forced LOAD feed of a disc

2) Adjustment value -1

[DISP/CHARACTER] O O F 5 h Single press 1) Laser switching in the EJECT mode

2) Display switching during continuous playback

Others
[MENU] O O 1 F h + D 1 h Single press To the operation mode without auto adjustment
[LOADING SW] O B 5 h ___ Execution of normal loading operation
[MD EJECT] O B 3 h Single press Execution of normal eject operation

Operation/Input table for MD test mode 1

Button/Remoto

control input

Main unit

Function

Remoto

control

Transmission

command

to MD

Pressing

time

1. Preparation for adjustment Test disc

Type

Test disc Part No.

1 High reflection disc TGYS1 (SONY) [for Playback] RRCDT0101AFZZ
2 Low reflection disc Recording minidisc ––––––––––––

SONY 80 minutes disc is recommended.(example:PRISM 80)
3 Head Adjusting transparent RRCDT0103AFZZ
4 Low reflection disc Pre-adjustment disc [TEAC Test MD] 88GMMD-318 or

88GMMD-213AS

– 37 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Test mode setting method

1. "MD TEST 1" ENTER.
(State A is changed to state B .)

2. Insert the playback-only disc 1 (high reflection disc) or the recordable disc 2 (low reflection disc). (State is changed to C.)
A tsm 1C e : TEST MODE represents version of MD microcomputer.

STOP state

B EJECT
C AUT AJST

2. Test Mode

Entering the specific mode

Whenever the EQUALIZER button is pressed, the mode is changed.

Cancel of test mode

To restore the usual state once reset.
*Before pressing the MENU button, be sure to perform the AUTO preliminary adjustment and the AUTO adjustment. Make sure
that they return a "COMPLETE" result.
*When the data of EEPROM was changed or the preliminary adjustment was performed again, be sure to press the MENU button
to write data in the EEPROM.
(Data is written in the EEPROM by pressing the MENU button.)
*When changing the EEPROM settings, write them into the EEPROM and then enter the test mode again. Perform the AUTO
preliminary adjustment and the AUTO adjustment. Then, write those into the EEPROM.

• Test Mode

1. EJECT mode • TEMP setting (of EEPROM setting)

• CONTROL setting (of EEPROM setting)

• Setting of laser power (record/playback power)

2. AUTO pre-adjustment mode • Automatic pre-adjustment is performed.

3. AUTO adjustment mode • Automatic adjustment is performed. (After adjustment the grating adjustment mode is set.)

• RESULT sub-mode • Therefore do not set this mode since it is not necessary for the service.

• RESULT mode (final adjustment)

• MANUAL pre-adjustment mode

• MANUAL adjustment mode

• MANUAL AFB adjustment mode

• ERROR DATA

4. EEPROM setting mode • Various coefficients of digital servo are changed manually.

5. TEST-PLAY mode • Continuous playback from the specified address is performed.

• C1 error rate measurement, ADIP error rate measurement.

6. TEST-REC mode • Continuous recording from the specified address is performed.

7. INNER mode • The position where the INNER switch is turned on is measured.

(When the MD STOP button is pressed in the C state, the indication A is
restored. To restore C again, press the EQUALIZER button.)

1. EJECT mode

Step 1 Test mode EJECT state [ _ _ E J E C T _ _ _ ]
Step 2

Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Playback power output state [ p p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 3

Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Rec power output state [ r p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 4

Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Therefore do not set this mode since it is not necessary [ x p w _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

for the service.
Step 5 Press the X-BASS button. TEMP setting of EEPROM setting [TEMP _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the PLAY button. CONTROL setting of EEPROM setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

MD TEST

Playback power output
[ppw]

DC0.2V
DC1.5V

To check 2NG–

Microcomputer may have recognized the PWB
as for playback-only. Perform check 1.

Recording power output
[rpw]

Cannot enter
[rpw] mode

DC1.8V
Below DC1.5V

Check end
NG

–NG

–
Perform check 2.
Microcomputer may have recognized the PWB

as for playback-only. Perform check 1.

Step Mode

Check items

Pin 3 of IC1401

Result Probable cause and remedy

1

2

AUTO YOBI

AUTO AJST

RST YOBI

AUT AFB

EEPROM_SET

MAN AFB

MNU YOBI

MNU AJST

ERR DATA

(ERRER DATA)

(AUTO prelimirary adjustment)

(AUTO adjustment)

(Advanced FAB adjustment)

(RESULT

YOBI)

RESULT

(MANUAL pre-adjustment)

(MANUAL adjustment)

(MANUAL advanced FAB adjustment)

(EEPROM setting)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 38 –

3. AUTO adjustment mode

Step No.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press once the EQUALIZER button.

AUTO adjustment menu [ A U T O _ A J S T _ ]

Step 3

Press once the TAPE REC button.

The slide moves to the innermost periphery, and automatic [ : _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
adjustment is started.

• In case of high reflection disc

changes as follows.

PEG→HAG

• In case of low reflection disc changes as follows.
PEG→LAG

End of adjustment If adjustment is OK, Step 4.

If adjustment is NG, Step 8.

Step 4 Adjustment value output For grating adjustment [ _ C O M P L E T E _ ]

Press the TAPE REC button. STEP 5
Press the

MD STOP

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment

Step 5 Continuous playback (pit section) Confirmation of CI error [ s c ]

Continuous playback (groove section)

[ a c ]

Step 6

Press the DISP/CHARACTER button.

Conformation of ADIP error (High reflection disc STEP 7) [ a a ]

Press the

MD STOP

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment menu

Step 7 Continuous playback (pit section) Confirmation of Jitter [ s j ]

Continuous playback (groove section)

[ a j ]

Step 8 Adjustment value output [ C a n ' t _ A D J . ]

Press the

MD STOP

button. STEP 2 AUTO adjustment menu

• : Adjustment name, : Measurement value, : Address

2. AUTO pre-adjustment mode (Low reflection disc only)

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press once the EQUALIZER button.

AUTO adjustment menu [ A U T O _ A J S T _ ]

Step 3

Press once the REV PLAY button.

AUTO pre-adjustment menu [ _ A U T _ Y O B I _ ]

Step 4

Press once the TAPE REC button.

• During automatic adjustment changes as follows. [ : _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
HAo→ • • • • • • • • • →LAO

End of adjustment If adjustment is OK, Step 5.

If adjustment is NG, Step 6.

Step 5 Grating adjustment, [ _ C O M P L E T E _ ]

adjustment value output
Press once the MD STOP button.

STEP 3 AUTO pre-adjustment menu

Step 6 Adjustment value output [ C a n ' t _ A D J . ]

Press once the MD STOP button.

STEP 3 AUTO pre-adjustment menu

• : Adjustment name

Remarks

Confirmation of pickup laser power

It is possible to confirm in the record/playback mode with the aid of laser power meter. However, since the laser power meter
measurement is characterized with dispersion, obtained data are used only for confirmation.
Reference data (at room temperature 25°C)
Playback: 0.72±0.1 mW
Record: 5.5±0.5 mW
Note: Never see directly the laser light. Otherwise your eyes are injured.

With the pre-adjustment disc (MMD-318)

If "R/P WHICH?" appears, the mechanism and the PWB can be mismatched. Check whether the combination of the playing/
recording PWB and mechanism are appropriate.
If "R/P WHICH?" still appears, eject the disc and check as follows.
Check 1: Check the pin 100 line of IC1401 for defective soldering. Check the pin 93 line of IC1401 for short-circuit and defective

soldering (Also check the SW PWB).

Check 2: Check the pin 3 line of IC1401 for defective soldering and short-circuit with other patterns. Check that the pickup laser

is not broken.

4. AUTO AFB adjustment mode (Low reflection disc only)

Step No.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button two times.

AUTO FAB adjustment menu [ _ A U T _ A F B _ _ ]

Step 3

Press the TAPE REC button.

The slide moves to the innermost periphery, and automatic [F A B _ ]
"PB_DISC_ _ _ " (HIGH reflection DISC)

Step 4 Adjustment value output STEP 2 AUTO adjustment [ _ _ _ _]

Press the

MD STOP

button.

• , , : Measurement value

– 39 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

5. EEPROM setting mode

A) Focus setting

Step No.

Setting Method Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

Step 3

Press the TAPE REC button.

[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]

Step 4

Press the TAPE REC button.

[F G _ _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 5

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F F 0 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 6

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F F 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 7

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F F 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 8

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F Z H L E V _ _ ]

Step 9

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F O K L E V h _ ]

Step 10

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F O K L E V L _ ]

Step 11

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[F O S T n _ _ _ ]

Step 12

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[D S C J G _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

B) Spin setting

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

Step 3

Press the TAPE REC button.

[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]

Step 4

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[ _ S p i n d l e _ _ ]

Step 5

Press the TAPE REC button.

[S P G _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 6

Press

the

EQUALIZER

bu

tton.

[S P G _ i n _ _ ]

Step 7

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P G _ m i d _ ]

Step 8

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P G _ o u t _ ]

Step 9

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 10

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 11

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P 3 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 12

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P 4 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 13

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P 5 _ _ _ _ _ ]

Step 14

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P D L I M _ _ ]

Step 15

Press the

EQUALIZER

button.

[S P K L E V m _ ]

• : Setting value

C) Tracking setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
Step 3 Press the TAPE REC button. [ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
Step 4

Press the EQUALIZER button two times.

[ _ T r a c k i n g _ ]
Step 5 Press the TAPE REC button. [T G _ _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 0 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 1 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T F 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F T 3 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button.[S V C N T 4 _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T R B L V o _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R B L V t _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R K L V o _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button [T R K L V t _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button [T D P W o _ _ _ ]
Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button [T D P W t _ _ _ ]
Step 17 Press the EQUALIZER button [S L C T o _ _ _ ]
Step 18 Press the EQUALIZER button [S L C T t _ _ _ ]

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 40 –

C) Tracking setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 19 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L C T m _ _ _ ]
Step 20 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 1 P _ ]
Step 21 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 0 h _ ]
Step 22 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C 0 L _ ]
Step 23 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C H h _ ]
Step 24 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T C R S C H L _ ]
Step 25 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O T L V p _ _ ]
Step 26 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O T L V r _ _ ]
Step 27 Press the EQUALIZER button. [J P i n t _ _ _ ]
Step 28 Press the EQUALIZER button. [K I K 1 0 _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

D) Sled setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

Step 3

Press the TAPE REC button.

[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]

Step 4

Press the EQUALIZER button three times.

[ _ _ _ S l e d _ _ _ ]

Step 5

Press the TAPE REC button.

[S L G _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L 2 _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L D L I M _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L D L E V _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V k _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V t _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K L V m _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L B K M _ _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K r i o _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K r o i _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K l i o _ _ ]
Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S L K l o i _ _ ]

• : Setting value

E) TEMP setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 EJECT state [ _ _ E J E C T _ _ _ ]
Step 2 Press the X-BASS button. [ T E M P_ _ ]

• : Setting value, : Measurement value

F) CONTROL setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]
Step 3 Press the TAPE REC button. [ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]
Step 4

Press the EQUALIZER button five times.

[ _ C o n t r o l _ _ ]
Step 5 Press the TAPE REC button. [C O N T R L 1 _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C O N T R L 2 _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [A D J T T M _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [G D E Q A D _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 13 Press the EQUALIZER button. [G D E Q B C _ _ ]
Step 14 Press the EQUALIZER button. [H A L S G _ _ _ ]
Step 15 Press the EQUALIZER button. [L A L S G _ _ _ ]

– 41 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

6. TEST-PLAY mode

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press the X-BASS button. TEST-PLAY menu [ T E S T _ P L A Y _ ]
Step 3

Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.

ADDRESS setting (Target address initial value is indicated) [ A D R E S _ 0 0 3 2 ]

Press once the TAPE REC button.

Step 4 Continuous playback (pit section) (Address + C1 error indication) [s c ]

Continuous playback (groove section)

(Address + C1 error indication) [a c ]

Step 5

Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.

(Address + ADIP error indication) [a a ]

Continuous playback (groove section)

(HIGH reflection STEP 6)

Step 6 Continuous playback (pit section) Address + Jitter [s j ]

Continuous playback (groove section)

[a j ]

Step 7

Press once the MD STOP button

. TEST-PLAY menu [ T E S T _ P L A Y _ ]

Step No.

Setting Method

7. TEST-REC mode

Step 1 Test mode STOP state The AUTO preliminary adjustment should have been completed. [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press twice the X-BASS button. TEST-REC menu [ T E S T _ R E C _ _ ]
Step 3

Press once the DISP/CHARACTER button.

ADDERS setting (indication of address initial value) [ a 0 0 3 2 _ p w ]

Step 4

Press once the TAPE REC button.

Continuous recording [ a _ p w ]

Step 5

Press once the MD STOP button.

TEST-REC menu [ T E S T _ R E C _ _ ]

Step No.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

Remarks

Display

(For confirmation of the playback ability at the named address.)

With recording mini disk (For confirmation of the playback ability at the named address.)

8. INNER mode

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2 Press the MD PLAY button. INNER menu [ _ _ I N N E R _ _ ]
Step 3

Press once the TAPE REC button.

INNER switch position measurement [s c ]
(SUBQ address and C1 error are also indicated.)

Step 4

Press once the MD STOP button.

INNER menu [ _ _ I N N E R _ _ ]

Step No.

Setting Method

Remarks Display

• : Address

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 16 Press the EQUALIZER button.[G A L S G _ _ _ ]
Step 17 Press the EQUALIZER button.[H A L S O F S _ ]
Step 18 Press the EQUALIZER button.[L A L S O F S _ ]
Step 19 Press the EQUALIZER button.[G A L S O F S _ ]

G) ADJUST setting

Step No.

Setting Method

Display

Step 1 Test mode STOP state [ t s m e ]
Step 2

Press the EQUALIZER button eight times.

[ E E P R O M_ S E T ]

Step 3

Press the TAPE REC button.

[ _ _ F o c u s _ _ _ ]

Step 4

Press the EQUALIZER button six times.

[A D J S E T _ _ _ _ ]

Step 5

Press the TAPE REC button.

[C O K _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 6 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 7 Press the EQUALIZER button. [T A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 8 Press the EQUALIZER button. [C A T _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 9 Press the EQUALIZER button. [F A B _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 10 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S T R _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 11 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S F S _ _ _ _ _ ]
Step 12 Press the EQUALIZER button. [S T C _ _ _ _ _ ]

• : Setting value

• : Setting value

• Whenever the X-BASS button is pressed in the address setting mode, the address changes as follows.
0 0 3 2 → 0 3 C 0 → 0 7 0 0 → 0 8 A 0 → 0 9 5 0 → 0 0 3 2 →

…………

• Whenever the X-BASS button is pressed in the address setting mode, the address changes as follows.
0 0 3 2 → 0 3 C 0 → 0 7 0 0 → 0 8 A 0 → 0 9 5 0 → 0 0 3 2 →

…………

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 42 –

Figure 42-3 Optical Pickup Grating Deviation

Measuring Method

Mechanism Adjustment

1. Optical pickup grating inspecting method

After auto adjustment (COMPLETE appears) in the test mode (auto)
using the high reflection MD disc TGYS1, adjust the Lissajou's
waveform (x-y) of EOUT to FOUT.

1. Slightly loosen the 3 screws of the spindle motor, adjust while
observing the Lissajou's waveform.

2. After adjustment, tighten screws 1, 2, and 3 in numerical order.
(See Fig. 42-4.)

Lead-in switch position measurement mode

Insert the high reflection test disk TGYS1.
Note: Adjust the lead-in switch position within the range of FF85 ­FFD2.

1. Measure the lead-in switch position. Loosen the screw (A1) x 1 pc.

which fixes the mechanism switch PWB.

2. When the lead-in switch is located FF85 or less, tighten the screw

while pressing the PWB in the direction of the arrow A. When FFD2
or more, to direction B. Measure the lead-in switch position again.
After position adjustment is completed, fix the PWB with the screw
(A1) x 1 pc.(shown in Figure 42-1)

Figure 42-1

Rotating the loading motor forcibly

The loading motor can be rotated forcibly by rotating the JOG UP/
DOWN knob while STOP or EJECT in the test mode appears on the
display.

Figure 42-2

Figure 42-4

Magnetic head mounting position check

• Check the mounting position whenever the magnetic head and the

optical pickup are replaced.

• Move the optical pickup to the center to adjust the position easily.

1. Set the adjusting transparent disc 3.

2. Press down the magnetic head up shift arm by hand to raise the

magnetic head.

3. View the set from above to check whether the magnetic head aligns

with the optical pickup objective lens.

4. Check that the magnetic head moves up and down smoothly.

(shown in Figure 42-2)

A

B

(A1) X1

Magnetic head

Objective lens

Radiai

Head up- shift arm

Tangential direction

2

3

1

2

3

1

adjusting
hole

Check the Lissajou's waveform,
shifting the mounting position with
a screwdriver (to be fitted into the
disc motor adjusting hole).

OSILLOSCOPE

GND CH1 CH2

XY

4 Pin of IC1201
GND (TP1202)

11Pin of IC1201

EOUT (TP1253)

12 Pin of IC1201

FIN (TP1253)

100K

470p

470p

a

b

LISSAJOUS'S WAVEFORM

Less than a:b = 4:1

100K

– 43 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

EEPROM (IC1402) writing procedure

1. Method for setting the reference temperature value

(This setting should be performed quickly at a room
temperature, between 21°C and 29°C when the PWB is not
hot.)

(1) When replacing the EEPROM, wait until it has cooled down.
(2) Connect the main unit using the single MD main PWB.
(3) Enter the test mode as shown on page 38.

"EJECT"

(4) Press the X-BASS button.

"TEMP "

:Measured temperature, : Temperature setting

(5) Find the temperature correction value for the current ambient

temperature on the following table. Adjust the temperature
correction value using the JOG UP/DOWN knob.

An example: When ambient temperature is 22°C and measured

temperature is 7AH
Temperature setting = 7A H - 01 H

= 79 H
* When the measured temperature fluctuates between
two values, take lower one (if temperature fluctuates
between 7AH and 79H, take 79H).

(6) Press the MENU button and write the temperature setting into

the EEPROM.

Ambient temperature

correction

+ 21.0 °C ~ + 23.2 °C -1 H
+ 23.3 °C ~ + 26.8 °C ± 0 H
+ 26.9 °C ~ + 29.0 °C +1 H

EEPROM DATA LIST (Version : 02)
Focus setting

Item indication

Setting

F G B 1 H
F F 0 1 0 H
F F 1 7 0 H
F F 2 E 0 H
F Z H L E V E D H
F O K L E V h 0 7 H
F O K L E V L 0 9 H
F O S T n 2 C H
D S C J G 1 4 H

Spin setting

Item indication Setting

S P G 1 0 H
S P G — i n 5 C H
S P G — m i d 4 8 H
S P G — o u t 3 8 H
S P 1 1 0 H
S P 2 9 3 H
S P 3 E D H
S P 4 E E H
S P 5 2 0 H
S P D L I M 6 4 H
S P K L E V m 1 5 H

Tracking setting

Item indication

Setting

T G 6 B H
T F 0 1 0 H
T F 1 6 B H
T F 2 F 0 H
F T 3 0 8 H
S V C N T 4 0 1 H
T R B L V o 6 8 H
T R B L V t 5 0 H
T R K L V o 6 0 H
T R K L V t 2 E H
T D P W o 6 7 H
T D P W t 2 1 H
S L C T o 0 0 H
S L C T t 5 0 H
S L C T m 5 3 H
T C R S C I P 1 6 H
T C R S C 0 h 0 0 H
T C R S C 0 L F A H
T C R S C H h 0 2 H
T C R S C H L 0 2 H
C O T L V P 0 5 H
C O T L V r 1 5 H
J P i n t 0 0 H
K I K 1 0 6 4 H

EEPROM WRITING PROCEDURE

2. Method for making settings other than the reference
temperature

(1) Install the MD main PWB in the mechanism, and connect it to

the main unit.

(2) Enter the test mode as shown on page 38, and insert a disc.

"AUTO AJST"

(3) Press the EQALIZER button seven times.

"EEPROM SET"

(4) Set the value according to the EEPROM DATA LIST using the

JOG knob.

(5) Press the MENE button, and the settings will be written into the

EEPROM.

(6) Enter the test mode again, perform an "AUTO YOBI adjustment",

and write the results into the EEPROM.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 44 –

C O K 5 8 H
F A T C 0 H
T A T 3 E H
C A T 4 0 H
F A B *(6 4 H )
S T R 0 B H
S F S 0 D H
S T C 0 D H

Sled setting

Item indication Setting

S L G 3 E H
S L 2 1 0 H
S L D L I M 7 F H
S L D L E V 1 2 H
S L K L V k 5 5 H
S L K L V t 2 E H
S L K L V m 5 5 H
S L B K m 0 8 H
S L K r i o 6 0 H
S L K r o i 6 8 H
S L K l i o 6 8 H
S L K l i o 6 0 H

Control setting

Item indication Setting

C O N T R L 1 0 8 H
C O N T R L 2 0 2 H
A D J T T M 1 4 H
H D E Q A D 9 2 H
L D E Q A D 8 E H
G D E Q A D 9 1 H
M D E Q B C 8 C H
L D E Q B C 8 F H
G D E Q B C 8 A H
H A L S G 1 1 H
L A L S G 1 1 H
G A L S G 1 1 H
H A L S O F S F C H
L A L S O F S 0 0 H
G A L S O F S 0 0 H
A J S T 0 0 H

ADJUST setting

Item indication Setting

Pickup mechanism error E-CD01 Slide motor operation error (PU-IN SW detection NG)
Tray error E-CD20 Tray open/close operation error
Changer mechanism error E-CD10 Changer mechanism operation error

CD error messages

Errors

Messages

Remarks

Relation to RDS WEAK SIG When switching to an EON station,
EON reception impossible it cannot be received due to weak signal.

PLL UN LOCK Frequency Reception error or PLL control error

indicator
flashing

TUNER error messages

Errors

Messages

Remarks

You tried to record on a tape 'PROTECTED'
removing the recording
prevention tabs.

TAPE mechanism error E-TA01 Mechanism initialize abnormal end

TAPE error messages

Errors

Messages

Remarks

ERROR MESSAGE LIST

Note: * A change is made after AFB adjustment.

– 45 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

MD error messages

Communication with MD is impossible. 'MD?'
There are no tracks on the disc. 'BLANK MD'
When digitally recording from a copy-inhibited source. 'CAN' T COPY'
Error occurs during edit operation. 'CAN' T EDIT'
Audio memory over during recording 'CAN' T REC'

SD write error occurs continuously.
Focus pull-in process time over. 'CANT READ' * indicates detail factor.

Track search process timer over. f: Focus error

r: READ ERR
s: Search time over

w: SD write time over
There is no free area on the disc when recording. 'DISC FULL'
EEPROM readout checksum error. 'E-MD80'
Loading mechanism operation error. 'E-MD**' ** indicates operation state.

(Error code)

1*: Recording head up

2*: Recording head down

f*: EJECT

If it occurs continuously, it is

described in the operation manual

that repair should be referred to a

dealer.
The number of characters for the name information exceeds 100. 'NAME FULL'
It is decided that there is no MD. 'MD NO DISC'
A track other than audio is played back. 'NOT AUDIO' Displayed when playback sound is

not output.
You tried to record on or edit a playback-only MD. 'PLAY MD'
You tried to record on or edit a recordable MD which is 'PROTECTED'

write-protected.
High temperature is detected. 'TEMP OVER
P-TOC information readout is not completed. 'CANT READ*' * indicates detail factor.

a: Servo adjustment error

f: Focus error

s: Search time over

r: READ ERR
There is no space for slot during recording/editing 'TOC FULL'
There is no space for slot when inputting the name information. 'TOC FULL*' * is a sector number.
It is judged abnormal during UTOC write test. 'E-MD41' ** is an error number.
Signal is not synchronized when recording using the digital input 'NO SIGNAL'
U-TOC information readout is not completed. 'CAN' T READ*' * indicates detail factor.

u: UTOC READ ERR
Abnormal data DISC detection. TOC FORM ** * indicates detail factor.

L*: Loop

a_: Address error

t_: FTNO>LTNO
UTOC write is not normally completed. 'CANT WRITE'
It is detected that it is a disc other than audio MD. '? DISC
The track to be edited is in the write protection mode. 'TR. Protect'

Errors

Remarks

Messages

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 46 –

SW763 CD ON—OFF
SW764 MD ON—OFF
SW767 TRACK EDIT ON—OFF
SW772 EQUALIZER MODE ON—OFF
SW773 X-BASS ON—OFF
SW774 DISPLAY/CHARACTER ON—OFF
SW775 MENU ON—OFF
SW776 NAME TOC EDIT ON—OFF
SW777 DELETE ON—OFF
SW778 ENTER ON—OFF
SW780 MD EJECT ON—OFF
SW781 CD/MD ON—OFF
SW782 MD RECORD ON—OFF
SW783 PLAY MODE ON—OFF
SW901 SPAN SELECTOR 9 kHz/50 kHz

(CD-MD3000W Only)
SW1930 WRITE PRO ON—OFF
SW1931 DISC MEDIA ON—OFF
SW1932 LOADING ON—OFF
SW1933 RECORD ON—OFF
SW1934 PLAY ON—OFF
SW1936 LEAD IN ON—OFF
SWB101 DISC DETECT 1 ON—OFF
SWB102 DISC DETECT 2 ON—OFF
SWB103 DISC DETECT 3 ON—OFF
SWB104 MODE 1 ON—OFF
SWB105 MODE 2 ON—OFF
SWB106 MODE 3 ON—OFF
SWB107 MODE 4 ON—OFF
SWB108 MODE 5 ON—OFF
SWB109 TRAY 1 ON—OFF
SWB110 TRAY 2 ON—OFF

• The indicated voltage in each section is the one measured
by Digital Multimeter between such a section and the chas­sis with no signal given.

1. In the tuner section,

( ) indicates AM
< > indicates FM stereo

2. In the main section, a tape is being played back.

3. In the deck section, a tape is being played back.

( ) indicates the record state.

4. In the power section, a tape is being played back.

5. In the CD section, the CD is stopped.

• Parts marked with “ ” ( ) are important for
maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these
parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and
performance of the set.

NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

• Resistor:
To differentiate the units of resistors, such symbol as K and
M are used: the symbol K means 1000 ohm and the symbol
M means 1000 kohm and the resistor without any symbol is
ohm-type resistor. Besides, the one with “Fusible” is a fuse
type.

• Capacitor:
To indicate the unit of capacitor, a symbol P is used: this
symbol P means pico-farad and the unit of the capacitor
without such a symbol is microfarad. As to electrolytic
capacitor, the expression “capacitance/withstand voltage” is
used.
(CH), (TH), (RH), (UJ): Temperature compensation
(ML): Mylar type
(P.P.): Polypropylene type

• Schematic diagram and Wiring Side of P.W.Board for this
model are subject to change for improvement without prior
notice.

NSW1 PICKUP IN ON—OFF
SO801 VOLTAGE SELECTOR 230-240V

(CD-MD3000W Only)
SW701 POWER ON—OFF
SW705 OPEN/CLOSE ON—OFF
SW710 PANEL OPEN/CLOSE ON—OFF
SW711 VOLUME DOWN ON—OFF
SW712 VOLUME UP ON—OFF
SW720 CD 1 EJECT ON—OFF
SW721 CD 2 EJECT ON—OFF
SW722 CD 3 EJECT ON—OFF
SW723 CD 4 EJECT ON—OFF
SW724 CD 5 EJECT ON—OFF
SW725 CD 6 EJECT ON—OFF
SW730 CD 1 PLAY ON—OFF
SW731 CD 2 PLAY ON—OFF
SW732 CD 3 PLAY ON—OFF
SW733 CD 4 PLAY ON—OFF
SW734 CD 5 PLAY ON—OFF
SW735 CD 6 PLAY ON—OFF
SW750 HIGH/NORMAL ON—OFF
SW751 RECORD/MODE ON—OFF
SW752 AUTO MARKER ON—OFF
SW753 FAST REVERSE ON—OFF
SW754 FAST FORWARD ON—OFF
SW755 TAPE RECORD ON—OFF
SW756 PLAY/PAUSE ON—OFF
SW757 STOP ON—OFF
SW758 PLAY ON—OFF
SW760 AUX ON—OFF
SW761 TAPE ON—OFF
SW762 TUNER ON—OFF

REF. NO

DESCRIPTION

POSITION

POSITIONREF. NO DESCRIPTION

– 47 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 47 BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/7)

TO MAIN PWB

PICKUP UNIT

CAM

SWITCH

TRAY SWITCH

IC5

SWITCHING

Q5

DZ2

CNS11

2

1

TO MAIN PWB

4

3

6

5

Q3

Q4

IC2

TC9490F

SERVO/SIGNAL

CONTROL

X1

16.934MHz

IC6

TA2147F

SERVO PRE

AMP.

SWB110

SWB109

SWB103

SWB104

SWB105

SWB106

SWB101

SWB102

CNP1

SWB108

SWB107

IC5

BA5939S

FOCUS/

TRACKING/

SPIN/

SLED DRIVER

NSW1

PICKUP IN

NM2

SLED

MOTOR

NM1

SPINDLE

MOTOR

MOB1

MAIN CAM

MOTOR

MOB2

TRAY

MOTOR

IC6

LPF

Q1

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4 3 2

1

NC

/RST

GND

BUS1

BUS3

BUCK

/CCE

CD/CD-RW_SEL

CD FUNC

33

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

PU-IN

CD_R-CH

CD_L-CH

CD_+B

GND

CD_GND

BUS0

BUS2

CANB_B

CANA_E

CANA_C

CANA_A

TRAY_A

TRAY_C

TRAY_B

CANA_B

CANA_D

CANB_A

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

DVR

DVDD

DVSS

XI
XO
XVDD

XVSS

TESIN

DVSS
DVDD

SEL

VREF

DMO

AVDD3
FMO

TEBC

RFGC

TRO

FOO

SBAD

32

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

TEZI

TEI

FEI

RFRP

RFI

SLCO

PVREF

LPFO

LPFN

VCOF

AVSS

AVDD

RFCT

RFZI

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PDO

PVDD

SBSY
SFSY
DATA

DVSS

DVDD

CLCK

SBOK

IPF

DOUT

AOUT

BCK

LRCK

/UHSO

/HSO

61

64

63

62

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

/RST

/CCE

BUCK

VSS

VDD

BUS3

BUS2

BUS1

BUS0

DVSS

LO

RO

ZDET

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4 3 2

1

GND

RFN

RFO

AGCI

RFGO

RFIS

RFRP

FEN

FEO

VRO

GVSW

SBAD

TEO

TEN

RFGC

TEB

SEL

FNI

FPI

TPI

TNI

MDI

LDO

3231

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

MUTE

PREVCC

LEVEL SHIFT

BIAS

BIAS

POWVCC

VCC
LOADING2

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL SHIFT

VCC

LOADING1

VREFSW

BIAS

PREVCC
POWVCC
BIAS

BIAS

LEVEL

SHIFT

LEVEL

SHIFT

CANB_A

CANA_E

CANA_D

CANA_C

CANA_B

CANA_A

CANB_B

TRAY_A

TRAY_B

TRAY_C

+

–

+

–

M

M

SP+

SP–

–

–

+

+

M

M

GND

PU-IN

SL–

SL+

8

7

6

5

432

1

TR+

FO+

LD

VR

PD

GND

TR–

TR–

GND

PD

FO–

FO+

TR+

ACTUATOR

TR–

FO–

FO+

TR+

3

1

7

8

654

2

LD

VR

FO–

–

–

–

–

–

+

+

+

+

+

VCC

LD

MON

GND

E

A

B

F

C

1/2VCC

7

6

5

432

1

C

F

E

VREF

+5V

1/2V

E

A B F

C

3

4

5

7

1

2

6

+5V

A

B

LTOH41M1

VCC

17

TMAX

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

+B

+B

+B

GND(D)

GND(D)

+B

3.3V

REGULATOR

SWITCHING

IC7

74VHC08F

INVERTOR

12

14
13

11
10

9
8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NC

IC7

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 48 –

Figure 48 BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/7)

VSSD

VDDD

XIN

XOUT

VSSA

VDDA

MPX

IN

DO

CL

DI

CE

XT21

4.332MHz

ICT21

LC72722

RDS DECORDER

X351

456kHz

CF351

FM IF

+B

A_+B

+B

+B

QT21

AMP.

FM +B

VT

T306

T302

L341

BALUN

CF302

DO

CE

CL

DI

CF301

FE301

FM FRONT END

Q360

R

L

MPX

IN

FM/AM

OUT

IF IN

IF OUT

SD

FM MONO/ST

MONO/ST

AM RF IN

AFC

IN

OUT

AM OSC

REG INOUT VCC

FM IF IN

FM IF
AMP.

Q301

FM IF

FM

X352

4.5MHz

X IN

STEREO

IC302

LC72131

PLL (TUNER)

AM IN

FM IN

FMOSC

T351

AM IF

GND

OSC

FM

FM IF

AM OSC.

SWITCHING

AM ANTENNA

AM RF

AM LOOP
ANTENNA

SO301

FM ANTENNA

TERMINAL

Q371

Q351

17 19 20 18 16

141211101321222324

20 22

21

13121415

2021222324

15 16 11 10 13 12

67

1

3

2 4 3

4 5 6

8

9

7

15

8

2 6 7

3 4

5

1

1 2 3 4 5 8 9

L354

L.P.F

CF352

FM MUTE

LEVEL

7

FOR CD-MD3000H

X351

456kHz

CF351

FM IF

+B

+B

A_+B

+B

+B

FM +B

VT

T306

T302

CF302

DO

CE

CL

DI

IC301

TA7358AP

FM FRONT END

Q360

R

L

MPX

IN

FM/AM

OUT

IF IN

IC303

LA1832S

FM IF DET./FM IF MPX./AM IF

IF OUT

SD

FM MONO/ST

MONO/ST

AM RF IN

AFC

IN

OUT

AM OSC

REG INOUT VCC

FM IF IN

FM IF

FM

X352

4.5MHz

X OUT

STEREO

IC302

LC72131

PLL (TUNER)

AM IN

FM IN

FM OSC.

OSC. BUFF

T351

AM IF

GND

AM OSC.

SWITCHING

AM ANTENNA

AM RF

Q371

Q351

17 19 20 18 16

141211101321222324

20 222115 16 11 10 13 12

67

1

3 4 5 6

8

9

7

15

1

2 3 4 5

7 8

9

6

1 2 3 4 5 8 9

CF352

T312

FM IF

BF301

BAND PASS

FILTER

L312

T311

FM MUTE

LEVEL

FM RF

Q302

1
2

1

2

VD301

X OUT

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

1

1

3

VR351
10K(B)

1

3

1

3

1

1

3

2

VD302

VD303

VD301

FM OSC.

3

3

IC303

LA1832S

FM IF DET./FM IF MPX./AM IF

VR351
10K(B)

X IN

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

FOR CD-MD3000W

CNP303

CNP301

1
2
3

FM/AM

LOOP

ANTENNA

VSM

FM

AM

1
2
3

VSM

– 49 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 49 BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/7)

IC501

BU4066BCF

INPUT

SELECTOR

11184

3561213

ERASE

HEAD

RECORD/

PLAYBACK

HEAD

R-CHL-CH

PB_MUTE

CD-R_SEL

S-MUTE

VSM

C2B_DI

C2B_CE

C2B_DO

C2B_CL

X

W

U

V

R

T

O

Q

TO MICOM SECTION

Q508

Q507

JK501

Q509

Q502

Q501

IC502

LC75341

AUDIO PROCESSOR

IC503

NJM4558M

OPE AMP.

R-CH

L-CH

–

–
+

+

–

–

+

–

+

–

+

+

–

+

–

+

CD/MD_R

TUNER_R

TAPE_R

AUX_R

IC502

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12
11

10

9
8
7
6
5
4

3
2
1

ROUT

LBASS

LSEL0

CCB

INTERFACE

R1
R2
R3
R4
RSEL0
RIN

RTRE
RBASS

VREF

VDD
CLK

L1
L2

L3
L4

LIN

LTRE

LOUT

VSS

CE

DI

AUX

DECK

TUNER

CD

A_+B

A_-B

L_CH

TO MICOM

SECTION

VSM

C2B_DO

C2B_CL
C2B_DI
C2B_CE

CD/MD_L
TUNER_L

TAPE_L

AUX_L

REC_R-CH

TAPE_L

TO MICOM

SECTION

TO MICOM

SECTION

CD_R

CD_L

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

–

+

+

–

a

d

f

g
i

k

l

+B

+B

-B

SWITCHING

SYSTEM MUTE

REC_L-CH

R_CH

R_CH

FROM
MAIN PWB

TO POWER

SECTION

IC101

CNS940

Q119

Q120

IC102

BA3126N

HAED

SELECTOR

Q101

Q102

CNP102

Q116

Q114

Q115

CNP101

IC101

AN7345K

PLAYBACK AND

RECORD/PLAYBACK AMP.

SWITCHING

BIAS OSC.

REC MUTE

REC MUTE

SWITCHING

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_L-CH

REC_R-CH

A_GND

TAPE_R-CH

TAPE_L-CH

REC_BIAS

A_+10V

M_+10V

A_GND

M_GND

ERASE

T2_R2

T2_R1

T2_L1

T2_L2

24

23

22

21 19

18 17

161514

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

4

3

2

1

L-CH

L-CH

R-CH

Vcc

ALC

GND

ALC

RIPPLE

Nor/CrO2

–

+

–

+

Hich=T1

+

+

–

–

Hich=CHROME

+B

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

REC_L-CH

A
C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Q503

Q504

AUX INPUT

MD_RCH

MD_LCH

2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

IC501

BU4066BCF

10

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 50 –

Figure 50 BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/7)

1

1

12

12

g

i

TO CD PWB

O

Q

PXUVWT

R

dfc

a

+B

IC905

3

2

1

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

UNA901
DIGITAL

INPUT

3

2

1

IC921

74HCT00F

DIGITAL SIGNAL

SWITCH

14

13

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Vcc

GND

8

9

10

11

12

TO AUDIO

SECTION

+B

+B

F_REC

CST_SW

NC

NC

+
–

SOLENOID

– COM

+MTR

PLAY SW

+5V SENSOR

SENSOR OUT

+SOL

R_REC

M

PLAY

SWITCH

TAPE

MOTOR

CASSETTE

SWITCH

M

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12

1

2

1

CNP975

FROM

CD PWB

CD DOUT

CNP921

CNP925

Q953

Q952

CNP920

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

NC

MDDSCK

RESET

KDATA

D_+B(MD)

D_+B(MD)

D_GND(MD)

D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)

LOAD_SW

SID

SERCH

A_+B(MD)

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

PCONTO

AD_GND

MDDATA

DSTB

P_DOWN

BACKUP

MD_A_GND

MD_A_GND

TO MD
PWB

D_GND(MD)

D_+B

4
3
2
1

4

3

2

1
FROM
MD PWB

FROM
CD PWB

CD_BCK

CD_LRCK

CD_DATA

D_GND

CD_DATA

D_GND

CD_BCK

CD_LRCK

GND

SW901

SPAN

SELECTOR

NC

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

50/9

100/10

X902

32.768kHz

Q909

Q908

Q907

Q906

Q905

IC905

KIA7042AP

RESET

Q901

X901

8MHz

CNP970

FFC970

IC901

IX0354AW

SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

CNP901

33
32

31

30

29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22

FH_A-SW_A

FH_T-SW_C

FH_T-SW_B

FH_T-SW_A

FH_A-SW_B

FH_A-SW_C

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_E

FH_C-SW_A

FH_C-SW_B

21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3
2
1

CD_BUS3

CD_BUCK

CD_CCE

CD_RES

CD_BUS2

CD-RW

CD_BUS1

T-MO_REV

CD_BUS0

T-MO_FOR

CD_L

PU-IN

A_GND

C-MO_REV

CD_R

C-MO_FOR

CD_GND
CD_GND

CD_+B

CD_+B

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

CD_GND

A_+10V

A_GND

R CH

A_GND

A_+10V

A_GND

CD +B

CD_GND

A_-B

L_CH

R_CH

C2B_CL

C2B_DO

C2B_CE

C2B_DI

S-MUTE

VSM

TO AUDIO SECTION

A_+B

PB_MUTE

CD_MUTE

CD-R_SEL

CD_R

CD_L

SIDE-A

CST-SW

LEVEL_L

LEVEL_R

51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

LCD E

CD MUTE

AVref1

AVSS

Vref 0

AVDD A

RESET

XT1

XT2

VSS

X1

X2

VDD

TIMER LCD

30 LCD R/W
29 LCD RS
28 POWER RLY
27 N.C.
26 LCD DB7

TEST/Vpp

LCK2

LCK1

JOG-B

KEY 4

KEY 3

KEY 2

KEY 1

KEY 0

BACK LED CONT

LCD DB6

LCD DB5

LCD DB4

DATA

JOG-A

CST SW

CAM SW

B-FP SW

REMOCON

VSM

PROTECT

C FUTA OP

SPAN

C FUTA CL

SYS MUTE

DEST_IN

CE

TUNER DI

TUNER DO

TUNER CL

CLK

CAM-SW

RUN_PUL

MOTOR

SOL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

49 SP RLY
50 POWER KEY

CD-SW

NC

GND

SOLENOID DRIVER

RUN PULSE

MOTOR DRIVER

SYS STOP

+5V

SIDE-B

MD SERCH

MD RESET

MD-DATA/RX

K-DATA/TX

MD-DSCK

L CH

RESET

– 51 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 51 BLOCK DIAGRAM (5/7)

+B

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TO DECK SECTION

TO POWER PWB

IC913

CNP102

3

2

1

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

DIG_SEL

D_+B

D_+B

GND

GND

GND

9

101112

13

DIMMER

D GND

A +B

SDA

SCL

D +B

5

1

CNP701

Q707

LCD720

LCD DISPLAY

5

1
2
3
4

VDD

VSS

VLCD

IC701

TA7291S

LOADING

MOTOR

DRIVER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

IC913

KIA7805P

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

CNS940

BI950

BI960

IC912

BU2092F

OUTPUT

EXPANDER

CNP934

CNP931

+B

REC_RCH

REC_LCH

TAPE_L

TAPE_R

TO AUDIO

SECTION

TAPE_R

TAPE_L

A_GND

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_BIAS

l

POWER_RLY

SP_RLY

PROTECT

FAN

D_GND

SP_DET

SP_RLY

UN_SW 5V

AC_RLY CTL

A_-B

D_GND

FAN_CTL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

M_+B

M_GND

CD_+B

CD_GND

CD_+B

CD

_

GND

M_GND

M_+B

PNL_OP

PNL_CL

D_GND
KEY4
KEY3

KEY2

JOG-B
JOG-A

A_+B

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

D_+B

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

CD-R_SEL

SW12

LCK

SW10

SW11

SW5

SW7

SW8

SW9

VSS
DATA
CLK

VDD

OE

A_+B
D_+B
D_GND
REMOCON
POW_KEY

KEY0

KEY1

LCK

CK

DATA

POW_IND

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81

9 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CD RESET

CD CCE

83 FH T-SW C
82 FH T-SW B
81 FH T-SW A

FH A-SW B

FH M B-

FH A-SW A

FH M B+

FH M A-

FH M A+

CD RW

CD PICK IN

VDD

DEST_OUT2

VSS

FH C-SW B

FH C-SW A

FH A-SW E

FH A-SW D

FH A-SW C

CD BUS3

CD BUS2

CD BUS1

3 REC BIAS
2 REC
1 PB MUTE

CAM

SW

B-FP SW

A-FP SW

DEST_OUT1

CD BUCK

CD BUS0

REC MUTE

CD-R DATA

CD-R CLK

TUNER

DO

TUNER CL

RUN PULSE

T-SOL

T-MOTOR

NC
NC

NC
NC

m

j

k

8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15

2 11 10

+B

SW711,SW712,

SW720~SW725

Q724

Q720

Q721

Q723

Q725

Q722

SW710,SW780,
SW730~SW735

LED759

LED731

LED754

LED756

LED757

LED758

LED755

SW701

POWER

RX701
REMOTE
SENSOR

LED770

SW750~SW758

JOG701

JOG DIAL

SW760~SW764,

SW767,SW782

Q708
LED772~
LED7775,
LED786

SW783,
SW772~SW778

CNS720

CNS770

IC702

OUTPUT EXPANDER

BU2092F

LED_4

LED_1

LED_2

LED_3

LED_5

LED_6

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Q10

VDD

__

OE
Q11

Q9
Q8

Q7
Q6
Q5

Q3
Q4

Q2

Q1

Q0

LCK

CLOCK

VSS

POW_IND

DATA

CK
LCK

KEY0

KEY1

POW_KEY

REMOCON

D_GND

D_+B

A_+B

LED_EG

LED_5

LED_4

LED_3

LED_2

LED_1

A_+B

JOG-A
JOG-B

KEY2
KEY3
KEY4
D_GND

3 2

1

5
6
7
8
9

10
11

1
2
3
4

4
3

6

7

5

2
1

IC702

DATA

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

LED735,LED737,
LED738

SW705
OPEN/CLOSE

MO700
CONTROL
PANEL MOTOR

MOTOR_–

MOTOR_+

D_GND

CLOSE_SW

OPEN_SW

M

MD LOAD SW

MD DSTB

MD SID

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 52 –

Figure 52 BLOCK DIAGRAM (6/7)

A

C

+B

+B

+B

+B

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

10

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

AC POWER
SUPPLY
CORD

+B

MAIN

MAIN

SUB
WOOFER

+B

+B

IC802

TO MAIN PWB

6

T.F.

SP L-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

M

+

+B

-B

-B

-B

+B

FAN MOTOR

DRIVER

RELAY

DRIVER

MICON +5V

+B

+B

+B

-B

-B

-B

+B

-B

+B

-B

+B

+B

+B

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

VOLTAGE
REGULATOR

-B

HIGH

LOW

CD-MD3000H
ONLY

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

F802

T2.5A L 250V

IC803

M

+

MO201

FAN

MOTOR

CD-MD3000W
ONLY

IC808

3

1

2

Q813

Q812

FAN MOTOR

DRIVER

FAN PROTECT

CD-MD3000W

ONLY

Q200

CNP807

Q210

Q212

Q211

D812~D815

D804~D807

IC808

KIA7805P

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

F807

T3.15A L 250V

RY801

SO201
SPEAKER
TERMINALS

RY202

Q209

RY201

Q810

Q801

Q803

Q805

CNP806

F808

T2A L 250V

Q806

IC202

STK40204(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

Q204

Q203

Q208

Q207

Q206

Q201

IC201

STK40271(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

Q205

F801

T2A L 250V

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

F806

T3.15A L 250V

D816

D817

D808~D811

F805

T3.15A L 250V

IC203

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

Q807

Q809

IC802
KIA7810AP
VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

I

C203

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

MO200
FAN
MOTOR

Q202

M+10V

230-240V

220V

127V

110V

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

IC803

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

A_+10V

GND

GND

GND

+5V

M_+10V

TO DECK SECTION

D_GND

FAN_CTL

D_GND

-8V

AC_RLY CTL

UN_SW +5V

SP_RLY

SP_DET

8

3

4 6

1

7 2 5

9

CD_GND

M_GND

CD_+B

M_10V

A_GND

A_+10V

M_10V

M_GND

CD_GND

CD_+B

A_GND

A_+10V

A_GND2

R-CH

L-CH

15

14

13

12

11

9 8

6

7

5

4 3

2

1

10

+

+

–

–

–Vcc

+Vcc

Ch1

Ch2

Ch2

Out

Out
Ch1

8

7

5

4

3 2

1

+

+

–

–

3

2

1

Out
Ch2

Out
Ch2

Ch2

Ch1

–

–

+

+

+Vcc

–Vcc

FOR CD-MD3000H: AC 230V, 50Hz
FOR CD-MD3000W: AC 110/127/220/
230-240V, 50/60Hz

-

+

+

-

+

-

+

-

1

3

2

JK701
HEADPHONES

L802
LINE

FILTER

10 11

12

13

+5V

Q215

Q811

– 53 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 53 BLOCK DIAGRAM (7/7)

1

234

1

2

3

4

5

6

789

10

11

12

13

14

15

161718

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

D GND

D GND

RESET

MD-ST

DSCK

KDATA

MDDATA

DSTB

D GND

D GND

DVDD

DVDD

PCONTO

LOADSW

AVCC

L OUT

AA GND

R OUT

SERCH

AD GND

R IN

AA GND

L IN

DIG OUT

D GND

DIG IN

BACKUP

P DOWN

CDLRCK

CDBCLK

GND

CDDATA

BACKUP

703425 12 20 33 21 32 31

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

+3.2V

IC1402

58X2402T

EEPROM

30

29

98

5

6

8

IC1801

XC62EP32

REGULATOR

3

AUDIO IN

AUDIO OUT

IC1702

NJM431U

REGULTOR

1

2

3

5

24

26

3

+3.2V

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

+3.2V

IC1401

IX0349AW

MD SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

58

67

66

+3.2V

DOUT

DIN

A/D

CONVERTER

D/A

CONVERTER

IC1701

UDA1345

AD/DA

CONVERTER

IC1202

IX2474AF

4M-BIT

DRAM

5

9

11

15

~

~

26

29

~

32

36

42

~

IC1201

LR37814

ENDEC/ATRAC

XL1201

33.8688MHz

IC1101

IR3R58M

RF SIGNAL

PROCESSOR

+3.2V

+3.2V

MECHANISM

+4.75~5.25V

E-F SIGNAL A-B SIGNAL

RF1~RF4 SIGNAL

IC1601

M56788FP

MOTOR DRIVER

12

1015

M

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

SW1932

LOADING

SW1934

PLAY

SW1936

LEAD IN

MONITOR

DIODE

LASER

DIODE

RF4

RF3

RF2

RF1

LIGHT

RECEIVING

SECTION

ERROR
SIGNAL

LIGHT

RECEIVING

SECTION

RF

M

M902

MD SLED MOTOR

F

A

B

E

SW1933

RECODE

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

SW1930

WRITE PRO

M

M901

MD SPINDLE

MOTOR

MD PICKUP UNIT

FOCUS

TRACKING

MAGNETIC

HEAD

(RECORD)

+4.75~5.25V

IC1300

74ACT02T

HEAD

DRIVER

65

64

MD

R

L

RL

IX

XO

CN1501

CN1502

TO MAIN UNIT

TO MAIN UNIT

57

59

+3.2V

IC1802

XC62FP262P

REGULATOR

3

+2.6V

2

5

13

2

40

29

1

3

37

4

73
74

ADDATA
DADATA

18

19

~

EFMO

EFMI

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 54 –

Figure 54 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

CD-MD3000H

1

1
3

2

3

2

1

3

2

E

F
G
H

I

J
K

L
M
N

MAIN PWB-A1(1/3)

FM SIGNAL

AM SIGNAL

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

C370

1/50

FE301

FM FRONT END

CT37

0.1

XT21

4.332MHz

RT26

1K

CT21

100/16

RT39

220K

CT23

10/50

LT22

2.2µH

CT25
560P

CT24

0.022

DT31

DS1SS133

ICT21

LC72722

RDS DECORDER

LT21

2.2µH

CT22

0.022

RT37

220K

RT28

1K

RT36

220K

RT35

220K

CT29

0.022

CT26

22P(CH)

CT27

22P(CH)

CT28
100/16

RT29

1K

RT30

1K

QT21
KTC3199 GR

CT36

0.022

RT32
10K

RT33

56K

RT34

56K

R354

3.9K

R389

3.9K

L352

100µH

R391
270

R393
1K

R377
47K

C395

0.022

C396

100/16

X351

456 kHz

R359

1.8K

C367
1/50

R350

2.7K

C364 4.7/50

C363 0.022

C365 0.022

L353

1mH

VR351
10K(B)

C362

3.3/50

C350

0.047
C361

0.022

C342

0.022

IC303

LA1832S

R351

5.6K

C352
10/50

C351

0.022

R355

3.3K

C356

0.001

C357

2.2/50

C355

22P

(CH)

C399

0.022

C398

100/16

R353

270

C354

C353 0.022

0.022

C366 0.001

R356

1K

C368

1/50

CF351

T351

C358

1/50

R352

1K

C343

33P(CH)

C374

0.022

R358

8.2K

R363

1.2K

C373

0.022

R357
470K

Q351

KRC104 M

R364

1.2K

C372

1/50

C371

1/50

R362

4.7K

R361

4.7K

R370

1K

CF352

Q301

2SC380 O

R346

330

CF302

R349

33

R347

6.8K

R348

680

R344
470

C330

18P(CH)

R336

10K

C323

0.022

T302

C332

0.022

C331

0.047

T306

C335
330P

(CH)

C334

18P(CH)

C337

0.022

VD301

SVC348S

R323
68K

C339

100P(CH)

D301

DS1SS133

D302

DS1SS133

C338

0.001

L341

BALUN

D304

DS1SS133

D303

DS1SS133

CNP301

D311

DS1SS133

D312

DS1SS133

SO301

FM ANTENNA

TERMINAL

C310

100P(CH)

C311

100P(CH)

C312
100P

(CH)

C384

0.001

R372

1K

R373

1K

R374

1K

D305

DS1SS133

D306

DS1SS133

R399

10K

C389

0.001

R392
270

DZ351

DZ5.1BSB

R383

5.6K

C302

0.001

Q371

KTA1266 GR

Q360

2SB562 C

R384

5.6K

R371

4.7K

C391
47/16

R385

5.6K

D352
DS1SS133

IC302

LC72131

PLL(TUNER)

C390 0.001

L351

100µH

C394
47/16

C387

0.022

R380

1.5K

R379

2.2K

C385

0.01

C392

0.001

C393

1/50

R381

10K

R345

4.7K

C321 100/16

R376

1K

C386

330P(CH)

C341

0.1

C346

0.022

L342

2.2µH

X352

4.5 MHz

C381

12P(CH)

C382

15P
(CH)

R378

82K

C397

0.022

R360

4.7K

R382

150

C380

10/50

R395

47K

C347

0.022

C301

0.001

R369

82

C345

0.022

TP302

CF301

L354

LOW PASS

FILTER

C319

0.1

1

3

2

C320

0.047

IC303

LA1832S

FM IF DET./FM MPX./

AM IF

VT

TP301

VT_CK

A_GND
TUN_R

VSM

TUN_L

A_+B

D_GND

C2B_CE

C2B_CL

C2B_DI
C2B_DO

C2B_CE

C2B_CL
C2B_DI

C2B_DO

AM LOOP

ANTENNA

1

2

1

2

24

23

22
21
20

19

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

FM IF IN
AM MIX OUT

AM OSC OUT

FM AFC

AM OSC IN

AM RF IN

AM LOW CUT

VSM

FM/AM OUT

MPX VCO

MPX IN

R-CH OUT

L-CH OUT

PHASE
(FM/AM)

PHASE

IF OUT

VCC

FM DET

STEREO

SD

GND

AM IF IN

REG

MO/ST

22
21
20

19
18

17
16
15
14
13
12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

MUTE

IO2
IF IN

X OUT

X IN

CE
DI
CL

DO

AM IN

FM IN

VDD

PD

AIN

AOUT

VSS

FM
MW

MO/ST
ST IND

NC

24

23

22

21

2019

18

17

16

15

14

13

12 11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4 3 2 1

VREF

FLOUT

VSSA

MPXIN

CIN

T1T2T3

T5

XOUT

VSSD

T7

SYNCDIRDS-ID

DO

CL

SYR

T6

CE

VDDD

XIN

VDDA

T4

C2B_CL

C2B_DI

C2B_CE

C2B_DO

8
7
6
5

4
3

2
1

ANT
GND
GND

GND

VT

VCC

IF OUT

F OUT

18

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

2.3V
0V

0V

0V

2.4V

1.8V

7V

0V

8.3V

0.07V

2V

2V

2V

0V

4.7V

4.7V

2.5V

4.6V

3.9V

3.4V

3.4V

5V

1.8V

2.4V

2.4V

2.4V

5V

0V

2.4V

2.4V0V0.5V

2.4V

2.3V

5V

0V

0V

0V0V0V

0V

3.6V

1.2V

1.2V

2V

2.1V

2.1V

2.3V

0V

0.3V

2.4V

4.6V

4.6V

3V

0.8V

0V

0V

0V
0V
0V

4.7V

0.1V

3.5V

4.1V

3.6V

4.7V

0V

4.7V

0V

0V

2.3V

4.7V

0.8V

0.8V

1.3V

0V

2.3V

+B

+B

FM

MUTE

LEVEL

AM IF

AM TRACKING

fL

AM BAND

COVERAGE fL

AM ANT.

AM OSC.

FM IF AMP.

AMP.

+B

+B

+B

TO AUDIO SECTION

P63 10-A

FM IF

FM IF

FM IF

4.7V

4.7V

0V

10V

10V

9.2V

C320

0.047

– 55 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 55 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

CD-MD3000W

1

3

2

1

2

3

MAIN PWB-A1(1/3)

AM IF

AM IF

FM IF

FM OSC.

SWITCHING

AM TRACKING fL

AM BAND

COVERAGE fL

FMRF

TP301

C319

0.1

2

1
3

C320

0.047

C370

1/50

R327

33

C317

0.001

C316

0.1

R354

3.9K

R389

3.9K

L352

100µH

R391
390

R393
1K

R377
47K

C395

0.022

C396

100/16

X351
456kHz

R359

1.8K

C367
1/50

C364

4.7/50

C363

0.022

C365

0.022

L353
1mH

C362

3.3/50

C350

0.047
C361

0.022

C342

0.022

IC303

LA1832S

FM IF DET./FM MPX./AM IF

R351

5.6K

C352
10/50

C351

0.022

R355

3.3K

C356

0.001
C357

2.2/50

C355

22P

(CH)

C399

0.022

R353

270

C354

0.022

C353

0.022

C366

0.001

R356

1K

C368
1/50

CF351
FM IF

T351

C358

1/50

R352

1K

C343
33P
(CH)

C374

0.015

R358

8.2K

R363

1.2K

C373

0.015

R357
470K

Q351

KRC104 M

R364

1.2K

C372

1/50

C371

1/50

R362

8.2K

R361

8.2K

R370

1K

CF352

CF302

FM IF

10.7MHz

C330
18P(CH)

R336

10K

C323

0.022

C332

0.022

C331

0.047

T306

AM OSC.

C335

330P(CH)

C337

0.022

VD301

SVC348S

R323
68K

C339
100P
(CH)

R325

47K

C318

100P(CH)

R322

680

C303
10P(CH)

BF301

D301

DS1SS133

D302

DS1SS133

C338

0.001

D304

DS1SS133

D303

DS1SS133

C327

0.1

T312

R311
100K

R313

33K

C309

0.001

C324
4P(CH)

C326
18P(CH)

L312

C305

5P(CH)

C315

0.0047

R302
10

C314

0.0047
C304

0.01

D310

DS1SS133

R314

22

C313
22P
(CH)

IC301

TA7358AP

FM FRONT END

C325
15P(CH)

VD302
SVC211C

R309
10K

T311

D311

DS1SS133

D312

DS1SS133

C310
100P
(CH)

C311

100P(CH)

C312
100P

(CH)

C384

0.001

R372

1K

R373

1K

R374

1K

D305

DS1SS133

D306

DS1SS133

R399

10K

C389

0.001

R392
390

DZ351

DZ5.1BSB

R383

5.6K

Q371

KTA1266 GR

Q360

2SB562 C

R384

5.6K

R371

4.7K

C391
47/16

R385

5.6K

D352
DS1SS133

IC302

C390

0.001

L351

100µH

C394
47/16

C387

0.022

R380

1.5K

R379

2.2K

C385

0.01

C392

0.001

C393
1/50

R381

10K

R345

4.7K

C321
100/16

R376

1K

C386
330P

(CH)

C341

0.1

C346

0.022

L342

2.2µH

X352

4.5MHz

C381
12P(CH)

C382
15P(CH)

R378

82K

C397

0.022

R360

4.7K

R382

150

R395

47K

C347

0.022

C301

0.001

C345

0.022

C334
18P(CH)

BAND
PASS
FILTER

VD303
SVC211C

Q302
KTC3194 Y

R369
1K

C308
5P(CH)

C380
10/50

FM

MUTE

LEVEL

VR351
10K(B)

R350

2.7K

C398
100/16

IC302

LC72131

PLL(TUNER)

T302

C306

0.001

0.8V

1.6V

3.6V

1.6V
0V

3.6V

2.9V

3.6V

3.6V

0.1V

1.8V

0.8V

2.3V

0V

0V
0V

4.7V

0.1V

3.5V

4.1V

3.6V

4.7V

0.8V

0.8V

4.7V

4.7V

2.3V
0V

0V

4.7V

4.7V
0V

9.2V

10V

10V

2V

4.6V
2V

2V

0V

4.7V

4.7V

2.5V

4.6V

3.9V

3.4V

3V

4.6V

2.4V

0.3V
0V

2.3V

2.1V

2V

1.2V

1.2V

3.6V

3.4V

0V

0V

2.3V

1.3V

2.1V

VT_CK

A_GND

TUN_R

VSM

TUN_L

A_+B

D_GND

C2B_CE

C2B_CL

C2B_DI
C2B_DO

3

2

1

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

24
23

22
21
20

19

17

16

15
14
1312

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

FM IF IN
AM MIX OUT

AM OSC OUT

FM AFC

AM OSC IN

AM RF IN

AM LOW

CUT

VSM

FM/AM

OUT

MPX VCO

MPX IN

R-CH OUT

L-CH OUT

PHASE
(FM/AM)

PHASE

IF OUT

VCC

FM DET

STEREO

SD

GND

AM IF IN

REG

MO/ST

22
21
20

19
18

17
16
15
14
13
12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NC

MUTE

IO2
IF IN

X OUT

X IN

CE
DI
CL

DO

AM IN

FM IN

VDD

PD

AIN

AOUT

VSS

FM
MW

MO/ST
ST IND

NC

C2B_CL

C2B_DI

C2B_CE

C2B_DO

18

E
F
G
H

I
J
K
L
M
N

TO AUDIO SECTION

P63 10-A

AM SIGNAL

FM SIGNAL

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

IC303

LA1832S

T311

FM BAND

COVERAGE fL

AM

ANTENNA

OSC BUFF

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

+B

+B

FM

AM

CNP303

1

2

3
3

2

1

FM/AM
LOOP
ANTENNA

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 56 –

Figure 56 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

MAIN PWB-A1 (3/3)

TO CD PWB

1

33

CNP1

P60 1-D

CD SIGNAL

RECORD SIGNAL

PLAYBACK SIGNAL

FM SIGNAL

CNP806

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-C

CD-MD3000W: P66 1-C

LCD-E

R1062

3.3K

4
3
2
1

4

3

2

1

CD_BCK

CD_LRCK

CD_DATA

D_GND

CD_DATA

D_GND

CD_BCK

CD_LRCK

RELAY PWB-A2

FROM MD PWB

CW1502B

P69 12-E

FROM CD PWB

CNS11B

P60 1-F

MD SIGNAL

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY (1/2)

TAPE

MECHANISM

PWB-H

F_REC

CST_SW

NC

NC

+

–

SOLENOID

–COM

+MTR

PLAY SW

+5V SENSOR

SENSOR OUT

+SOL

R_REC

M

PLAY

SWITCH

TAPE

MOTOR
CASSETTE

SWITCH

M

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11

12

R1141

1K

C998
22/10

CNP901

R1133

470

IC912

BU2092F

R1124A

10K

R902 1K

C945

0.1

R1046
12K

R946

1K

R991

1K

R1106 10K

R1107 10K

R1108 10K

R1109 10K

R1105A 10K

C995

100P(CH)

C936

100P(CH)

R1086 5.6K

R987 1K

R1087 5.6K

R1088 5.6K

R988 1K

R927 100

R1099

47K

R945 100

R995 1K

R1066

10K

R966 1K

R1065

10K

R965 1K

R944 1K

X902

32.768KHz

C941

22P
(CH)

C902

0.1

R969 1K

R1068

10K

R1060

100K

D902

DS1SS133

D901

DS1SS133

R1008 1K

R1031 1K
R1007 1K

Q909

KRC107 M

R1015

820

C913

2.2/50

R1014

100K

Q907

KRC107 M

R1013

47K

D910

DS1SS133

C912
47/16

Q906

KRC107 M

R1012

1K

L910

47H

R1011

100K

BI960

C901

1000/6.3

C903

0.1/50

D905

DS1SS133

L901

100µH

C904

0.01

R1003

4.7K

IC905

KIA7042AP

RESET

R1002

100K

R1001
47K

C906

0.1

C905

3.3/50

Q901

KRC102 M

D906

DS1SS133

D907

DS1SS133

C907

10/50

R963 1K

R962 1K

C964

0.1/50

C916

0.1/50

C917

0.1/50

R920 1K

R1023 1K

R972 1K

R904 1K

R1056 10K

R1058

100K

R1036

5.6K

R921 1K

R1053 10K

R967 1K

R968 1K

R1050 1K

R948 1K

R907 1K

R918 1K

R919 1K

R914 1K

R958 1K

R934 1K

R915 1K

R917 1K

R957 1K

R956 1K

R1055 10K

R947 1K

R955 1K

R954 1K

X901
8MHz

R959 1K

R960 1K

C957

150P(CH)

R941
330K

R932 1K

R906 1K

C958
390P

C943

0.1

R1048
10K

R908 1K

R910 1K

R1051 1K

R971 1K

R1022

47K

R970 1K

R974 220

R933 1K

C950

150P
(CH)

R1044

22K

R1057 10K

C970

0.1

R1054 10K

R905 1K

C942

18P
(CH)

R953 1K

R943

1K

R936 1K

R935 1K

R1035

5.6K

R911 1K

R912 1K

R913 1K

R1032 1K
R1052 1K

FFC901

IC901

IX0354AW

SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

D
D

CNP970

IC912
BU2092F
OUTPUT

EXPANDER

IC905

FFC970

Q905

2SB561 C

Q908

2SB561 C

D952
DS1SS133

SW901
SPAN
SELECTOR

R1033

10K

R1119A 1K

CNP921

CNP925

R1118A 1K

18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

NC

CD-SW

NC

AUX_SEL

DIG_SEL
FAN

PNL_OP

CD-R_SEL

SW12

LCK

SW10

SW11

SW5

SW7

SW8

SW9

VSS
DATA

VDD

OE

PNL_CL

CLK

NC

EX-DATA

EX-CLK
LCK1

REC_BIAS

RUN_PUL

SOL

MOTOR

30
29
28
27
26
25

LCD E (4.6V)

0V

CD MUTE

0V
0V
0V

F

5

V

5V CD

0V TEST/Vpp

0V LCK2

5V VDD

0V DEST_OUT2

TIMER LCD 5V

(2.5V) LCD DB5

(0.3V) LCD DB4

0V DATA

5V CST SW

5V CAM SW

5V B-FP SW

SPAN

5V R

E

0V DEST_IN

0V CE

0V CLK

5V RUN PULSE

0V T-SOL

0V T-MOTOR

5V A-FP SW

0V LCK1

80
79
78
77
76 FH A-SW E 0.2V

0V C

D

5V

0.2V FH

5V F

H

0.2V FH

0.2V FH

5V FH

0V

C

0V

C

0V

C

5V

C

0V

C

0V

51 AVDD A 5V
52
53
54
55

K-DATA/TX

MD-DATA/RX

AVref1 5V

AVSS 0V

KEY 4 5V

KEY 3 5V

MD-DSCK

MD RESET

MD SERCH

VSM 0.3V

MD DSTB

MD LOAD SW

LCD-RW/CDR-DATA (4.8V)

MD SID

TUNER DI 0V

TUNER DO 4.8V

LCD-E/CDR-CLK (4.6V)

TUNER CL 0V

KDATA

MDDATA

TX

RX

VSM

SID

MDDSCK

LOAD_SW

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_E

DSTB

LEVEL_R

LEVEL_L

RESET

SERCH

KEY3

C2B_CL

C2B_DI

KEY4

C2B_DO

L_CH

R_CH

A_GND2

C2B_CL

C2B_DO

C2B_CE

S-MUTE

P63 7-H

P63 12-C

M_+B

M_GND

CD_+B

CD_GND

A_+10V

A_GND

L CH

R CH

A_GND

A_+10V

A_GND

CD_+B

CD_GND

M_GND

M_+B

D_GND

A_+B

TO POWER

PWB

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 101112131415

AUX_SEL

SIDE-B

SIDE-A

CST-SW

PB_MUTE

C2B_DI

VSM

CD-R_SEL

A_GND

CD_R

CD_L

P63 8-H

CAM-SW

RUN_PUL

MOTOR

SOL

3

2

1

5V BACK UP

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

SP_RLY

POWER

RX_IN

JOG-B

JOG-A

PROTECT

KEY2

KEY0

KEY1

RES

RESET 4.4V

XT1 2V

XT2 2.8V

VSS 0V

X1 2.3V

X2 2.6V

VDD 5V

JOG-B 5V

JOG-A 5V

REMOCON 5V

PROTECT 5V

C FUTA OP 0.2V

C FUTA CL 5V

SYS MUTE 5V

33

32

34

31

DIMMER

P-CLOSE
P-OPEN

BACK LED CONT 5V

33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

FH_A-SW_A

CD_BUS3

CD_BUCK

CD_CCE

CD_RES

FH_T-SW_C

FH_T-SW_B

FH_T-SW_A

FH_A-SW_B

FH_A-SW_C

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_E

FH_C-SW_A

FH_C-SW_B

CD_BUS2
CD-RW
CD_BUS1
T-MO_REV
CD_BUS0
T-MO_FOR
CD_L
PU-IN
A_GND

CD_R
CD_GND

CD_GND

CD_+B

CD_+B

C-MO_REV
C-MO_FOR

1

12

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

0V

5V
0V
0V
0V

2.8V
0V
0V

0V
0V
0V

0V

1.1V

P_CONT

LCD_RESET

4
3
2
1

DEST_OUT1 0V

PB_MUTE 5V

REC 0V

REC BIAS 0V

LCD DB6 (2.5V)

LCD DB7 (1.3V)

N.C.

POWER RLY 0.8V

LCD RS (4.5V)

LCD R/W (4.7V)

SYS STOP 5V

Vref0 5V
KEY 0 5V
KEY 1 5V

SP RLY 5V
POWER KEY 5V

KEY 2 5V

FH A-SW D 0.2V

FH A-SW C 0.2V

FH A-SW B 0.2V

FH A-SW A 0.2V

1

2

3

1

1

12

12

0V

0V

0V

11.4V

11.4V

11.3V

11.3V

11.3V

11.3V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V11

1

2

2

2

3

3

3

5V

SOLENOID DRIVER

RUN PULSE

MOTOR DRIVER

MOTOR DRIVER

A_GND

g

h

i

OQXY

U

VWTRS d

c

b

a

GND

CD-SW

0V

987654

3

TO AUDIO SECTION

30

29

28 272625 24 23

22

21

20

19 181716 151413 12

11

10

78777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251

CD-MD3000W

ONLY

NC

LCD-RW

R1121

39K

R1120A

1.5K

R1075

3.3K

R1074

3.3K

R900

2.7K

RESET

50/9

100/10

NC

5V

4.4V
0V

0V

5V

5V

– 57 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 57 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

FROM

DISPLAY PWB

FROM

JOG PWB

FROM

DISPLAY PWB

FROM

MOTOR

PWB

CNS720

CNS770

CNS702

CNP741

TO POWER

PWB

CNP102

CNP807

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-D

CD-MD3000W: P66 1-D

P62 2-A

P63 12-H

CNS11B

FROM CD PWB

P63 10-H

TO AUDIO
SECTION

P60 1-F

LCD-E

R1145

18K

BI922A

R1069

10K

D911

1N4004S

CNP920

28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1

NC

MDDSCK

RESET

KDATA

D_+B(MD)

D_+B(MD)

D_GND(MD)

D_GND(MD)
D_GND(MD)

LOAD_SW

SID

SERCH

A_+B(MD)

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

PCONTO

AD_GND

MDDATA

DSTB

P_DOWN

BACKUP

MD_A_GND

MD_A_GND

D_GND(MD)

MDDATA

D_+B

D_+B

GND

GND

GND

9

10

111213

TO

MD PWB

CN1501

P69 12-G

R768

CD-MD3000H

ONLY

BI922B

3

2

1

C951

10/50

R1077

120

R999 1K

R997 1K
R998 1K

R996 1K

C956

10/50

R1067

100mA

R1183

100mA

R763

2.7K

R762

6.8K

C714
47/16

R768

2.2

(1/2W)

R1017 10K

R1016 10K

CNP933

CNP935

CNP934

R1028

27K

R1090

5.6K

R1089

5.6K

R1094

5.6K

L911

2.2µH

R902 1K

R903 1K

CNP931

C1006

47/50

C1005

0.1

C1003

47/50

C1004

0.1

C975
1/50

R1095

27K

R1096

27K

C955

10/50

R1098

1.5K

R1097

1.5K

R978 1K

R989 1K

R916 1K

R928 1K
R949 1K
R982 1K

R976 1K
R977 1K

R979 1K
R980 1K
R981 1K

R990 1K
R994 1K

R1093

5.6K

R993 1K

R1092

5.6K

R992 1K

R1084

5.6K

R984 1K

R1085 5.6K

R985 1K

R1086 5.6K

R986 1K

R987 1K

R1087 5.6K

R1088 5.6K

R988 1K

CNP975

C999
680P

C979

0.1

CNS940

R1078

120

R1079

1K

R1080

1K

C952

10/50

I960

BI950

R904 1K

R907

1K

R1027

10K

R1026
10K

R901 1K

R906 1K

1048

0K

R1024

10K

R974

220

R1040

10K

C914

0.1

R905 1K

C977
100P
(CH)

C976

0.1

C972

1/50

C974

0.1

UNA901

DIGITAL

INPUT

C971

0.1

C973

0.1/25

D951
DS1SS133

F

T

ER

IC913

IC701

TA7291S

LOADING

MOTOR DRIVER

IC701

L912

2.2µH

IC921

74HCT00F

DIGITAL

SIGNAL
SWITCH

D952
DS1SS133

DZ902

MTZJ3.0A

R1122A
100

Q952

2SC1740 SR

Q953

2SC1740 SR

R1043

10K

R1039

470K

R1041

10K

R1042

470K

BI940

CW1501

IC913

KIA7805P

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

R1118A 1K

MOTOR_–

MOTOR_+

OPEN_SW
CLOSE_SW
D_GND

5

4

3

2

1

LCD-E
LCD-RW

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

DIMMER

KEY2

JOG-B
JOG-A

KEY4
KEY3

KEY0

KEY1

LCK2

EX-CLK

EX-DATA

RX_IN

LED-TIMER

POWER

D_GND
KEY4
KEY3

KEY2

JOG-B
JOG-A

A_+B

A_+B
D_+B

KEY0

KEY1

LCK

CK

DATA

POW_IND

6

5

4

3

2

1

POW_KEY

REMOCON

D_GND

3

2

1

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

REC_LCH

PNL_OP

PNL_CL

MD_RCH

MD_LCH

REC_RCH

A_GND

TAPE_L

TAPE_R

TO AUDIO SECTION

TAPE_R

TAPE_L

A_GND

REC_LCH

REC_RCH

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_BIAS

1

234

567

8

1

234

567

8

D_GND

D_+B

CD_DIGI_IN

14
13

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Vcc

GND

8

9

10

11

12

2

1

CD-R_SEL

D_GND

SP_DET

SP_RLY

UN_SW 5V

AC_RLY CTL

A_–B

D_GND

FAN_CTL

POWER_RLY

SP_RLY

PROTECT

FAN

3

2

1

T-MO_REV

T-MO_FOR

C-MO_REV

C-MO_FOR

REC_MUTE

REC_BIAS

REC_CONT

PB_MUTE

SOL

MOTOR

100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93

0V FH M B–
0V FH M B+
0V FH M A–
0V FH M A+

5V CD RW

5V CD PICK IN

0V DEST_OUT2

5V REC MUTE

0V T-SOL

0V T-MOTOR

92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81

0V CD RESET

5V CD CCE

0.2V FH T-SW A

5V FH T-SW B

0.2V FH T-SW C

0.2V FH C-SW B

5V FH C-SW A

0V CD BUS3

0V CD BUS2

0V CD BUS1

5V CD BUCK

0V CD BUS0

MD SID

LCD-E/CDR-CLK (4.6V)

SID

FH_A-SW_D

FH_A-SW_A

FH_A-SW_B

FH_A-SW_C

FH_A-SW_E

A_–B

M_+B

M_

G

ND

M_+B

2131415

+B

+B

+B

+B
+B

+B

+B

+B
+B
+B

+B

+B

+B

0V VSS

DSTB

0V

5V

8.6V

P59 8-B

P58 6-C

P59 7-H

P58 6-E

f

I

m

j

k

n

0.5V

0.5V

11.4V

1.3V

0V

1V

1V

3V

89

12345

6

7

8

1

2

A_+B
D_GND
D_+B
SCL
SDA

(5V)

(5V)

(4.3V)

(0.5V)

(5V)

(0.5V)

(0.5V)

(2.6V)

(0V)

(5V)

(2.4V)

(2.4V)

(5V)

(2.6V)

7654321

80797877767574

CD-MD3000W

ONLY

P-OPEN
P-CLOSE

TO DECK SECTION

+B

1

28

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 58 –

Figure 58 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (5/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

TO MAIN PWB

CNP935

LCD720
LCD DISPLAY

TO MAIN PWB

CNP931

CNS720

5
6
7
8
9

10
11

1
2
3
4

CD SWITCH PWB-B3

P57 12-E

Q707
KTC3203 Y

R748
10K

LED738
LNG995PF

R790
330

R789
150

R788

330

C705

10P

BI720

CNP721

C706

0.022

LED735
LNG995PF

LED737
LNG995PF

BI705B

BI705A

R720

6.8K

R710

4.7K

R735

33K

C703

0.022

R792

2.7K

R733

1.8K

R726

2.2K

Q724

KRA102 M

Q720
KRA102 M

Q721

KRA102 M

Q723

KRA102 M

Q725

KRA102 M

Q722

KRA102 M

R791

2.7K

R723

1.8K

R712

2.2K

R708

2.7K

R729

15K

R736

33K

R721

6.8K

R711

4.7K

R707

2.7K

R728

15K

R747

1K

LED759

K5052UL

C708

0.022

LED731

HLMP1700

R705 1K

R701 1K

R702 1K

LED754

K5052UL

LED756

K5052UL

LED757

K5052UL

LED758

K5052UL

BI722B

R704 1K

R703 1K

R706 1K

LED755

K5052UL

BI722A

CNP701

C716

2.2/50

R750
100

C709
47/25

C707
100P

SW701

POWER

R715

1K

R714

1K

R713

1K

C704

10P

R731 1K

R730 1K

BI702

L702

2.2µH

L701

2.2µH

R749

1K

SW780

MD EJECT

LED_4

LED_1

LED_2

LED_3

LED_5

LED_6

CNS702

RX701
REMOTE
SENSOR

IC702

OUTPUT

EXPANDER

BU2092F

IC702

SW724

CD 5

EJECT

SW725

CD 6

EJECT

SW720

CD 1

EJECT

SW722

CD 3

EJECT

SW723

CD 4

EJECT

SW712

VOLUME

UP

SW711

VOLUME

DOWN

SW721

CD 2

EJECT

SW731

CD 2

PLAY

SW710
PANEL
OPEN/CLOSE

SW734

CD 5

PLAY

SW735

CD 6

PLAY

SW730

CD 1

PLAY

SW732

CD 3

PLAY

SW733

CD 4

PLAY

5V

0.1V
5V

3.1V

3.4V

Q10

VDD

__
OE

Q11

Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

LCK

CLOCK

DATA

VSS

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

18
17
16
15
14
13
12

11

10

3 2 1

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

2 1 2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

11

10

2 1 2

1

6

5

4

3

2

1

5

4

3

2

1

SDA

SCL

VDD

VSS

VLCD

SCL

SDA

D_GND

DIMMER

LED_1
LED_2
LED_3
LED_4
LED_5

LED_EG

POW_IND
DATA
CK
LCK

KEY0

KEY1

POW_KEY

REMOCON

D_GND

D_+B

A_+B

1

LED A PWB-B2

MD SWITCH
PWB-B10

+B

+B

+B

+B

DISPLAY PWB-B1

VDD

A_+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

5

P57 12-G

0.8V

0.1V

0.2V

5V5V0V

0V
0V
0V
0V

1.8V

0.3V

8.8V

8.8V

5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

9.8V

9.8V

9.8V

9.8V

9.8V

9.8V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

10V

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

– 59 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 59 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (6/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

C711

100P

(CH)

C710

100P(CH)

R767
1K

R785

47K

R782

18K

R770

3.9K

R774

4.7K

R778

8.2K

LED772

K5052UL

SW757

STOP

SW754

FAST

FORWARD

SW760

AUX

SW767
TRACK

EDIT

R755

1.5K

R752

1.2K

R758

1.8K

R772

1K

R776

1K

R780

1K

R787

1K

R753

1.2K

R756

1.5K

R759

1.8K

R765

2.2K

LED770
L934MBC5

R781

18K

R769

3.9K

R773

4.7K

SW758

PLAY

SW753

FAST

REVERSE

R764

2.2K

SW752

AUTO

MARKER

R777

8.2K

SW750

HIGH/

NORMAL

SW755

TAPE

RECORD

SW751

RECORD

MODE

SW756

PLAY/

PAUSE

R760

1.8K

R754

1.2K

R779

8.2K

R766

2.2K

SW772

EQUALIZER

MODE

R757

1.5K

SW773

X-BASS

SW778

ENTER

R771

3.9K

R775

4.7K

R783

18K

C712

0.001

C713

0.001

JOG701

JOG DIAL

SW761

TAPE

SW762

TUNER

SW763

CD

SW764

MD

SW782

MD

RECORD

SW781

CD/MD

BI771A

CNP775

BI773

R761

330

Q708

KRA102 M

BI770

BI771B

BI772

LED775

K5052UL

LED786

K5052UL

LED774

K5052UL

LED773

K5052UL

SW776

NAME

TOC EDIT

SW774

DISPLAY

CHARACTER

SW783

PLAY

MODE

CNS772

CNS773

CNS770

SW775

MENU

SW777

DELETE

BI741

C715

0.1

BI740B

SW705

OPEN/CLOSE

BI740A

L705

2.2µH

JK701
HEADPHONES

BI730

RA711

150

RA710
150

MO700

CONTROL

PANEL MOTOR

CNS741

CNS730

O

<

1

2

1

2

2
1

LED B PWB-B6

3
4

1
2

5
6

LED_EG

LED_5

LED_4

LED_3

LED_2

LED_1

5
6

1
2
3
4

+B

+B

4
3
2
1

TO MAIN

PWB

CNP934

+B

1

2
3
4

4

3

6

7

5

2
1

A_+B

JOG-A
JOG-B

KEY2
KEY3
KEY4

D_GND

4

3

6

7

5

2

1

CONTROL PWB-B4

JOG PWB-B5

+B

>

II

>>

<<

<

>>

<<

>

II

TO MAIN PWB

MOTOR PWB-B7

MOTOR_–

MOTOR_+

D_GND

CLOSE_SW

OPEN_SW

HEADPHONES PWB-B9

TO POWER

PWB

CNP933

CNP207

SWITCH PWB-B8

FM SIGNAL

4

3

2

1

5

4

3

2

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

3
4

2

1

5

4

3

2

1

+
–

M

P57 12-G

CD-MD3000H

P65 12-C

CD-MD3000W

P67 12-C

P57 12-F

10V

10V

1.3V

1

2

3

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 60 –

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

Figure 60 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (7/16)

• The numbers 1 to 17 are waveform numbers shown in page 85.

TO MAIN PWB

33

1

CD PWB-C

CNP901

P56 1-E

TO MAIN PWB

CNP975

P57 12-A

CNP925

P56 1-A

12

14

13

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4 3

2

1

NC

TO RELAY PWB

R30

2.2M

C4

100/10

C64

0.001

C65

0.001

C51

100/10

C29

0.022

0.

R91

47K

R92
47K

C92
470P

C91

470P

CORE1

R6
120

L1

0.82µH

R19

1M

C6

10/16

C5

10/16

R13 1K

R12 1K

R11 1K

R10 1K

R9 1K

R8 1K

R7 1K

C13

0.022

DZ1

MTZJ5.1A

R14
82

C1

100/10

C2

0.022

C14

0.022

R18
100

R16

100

C7

100/10

C8

0.022

R27
47K

C30
47/10

IC2

TC9490F

SERVO/SIGNAL

CONTROL

R17

1K

C16

0.047

C19

0.047

C15

0.047
C17

0.047

R21

5.6K

C18

0.033(ML)

C22

0.033(ML)
R31

10K

C23 0.01

C24

0.0027
C25

0.01

R29

100K

R32
15K

C26

0.015

R25

5.6K

C20
47P

R28
47K

0.

C31

220/10

C28

0.022

C21

0.001

C27

0.0047

C3

0.022

C11

33P

C12

33P

X1

16.934MHz

C10

0.022

CNP1

FFC901

BI11

R15
330

CNS11B

CNS11A

CORE2

R79

100

R80

100

R81

100

C68

0.022

IC7

74VHC08F

INVERTOR

2.6V

3.3V

3.3V

1.6V

0V

5V

0V

1V

3.3V

1.7V

1V

0V

1.6V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

3.3V

0.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.3V

1.8V

0V

3.3V

0V

0V

3.3V

3.1V

1.3V

1.4V

0V

0V

0V

0V
0V
0V
0V

1.5V

1.5V

1.5V

3.1V

4.8V

4.8V

4.8V

5.1V

17

16

13

12

6

7

5

1

4

15

14

11

0V

0V

2.6V

0V

2.6V

0V

0V

1V

0V

0V

0V

TP4

TP3

TP2

TP1

21
20
19
18
17
16

15

14

13

12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

NC

/RST

GND

BUS1

BUS3
BUCK
/CCE

CD/CD-RW_SEL

CD FUNC

33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22

PU-IN

CD_R-CH

CD_L-CH

CD_+B

GND

CD_GND

BUS0

BUS2

CANB_B

CANA_E

CANA_C

CANA_A

TRAY_A

TRAY_C
TRAY_B

CANA_B
CANA_D

CANB_A

BUCK

BUS3

BUS2

BUS1

BUS0

48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33

DVR

DVDD

DVSS

XI

XO

XVDD

XVSS

TESIN

DVSS

DVDD

SEL

VREF

DMO

AVDD3

FMO

TEBC

RFGC

TRO

FOO

SBAD

32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21

20
19
18

TEZI

TEI

FEI

RFRP

RFI

SLCO

PVREF

LPFO
LPFN

VCOF

AVSS

AVDD

RFCT

RFZI

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PDO

PVDD

SBSY

SFSY

DATA

DVSS

DVDD

CLCK

SBOK

IPF

DOUT

AOUT

BCK

LRCK

/UHSO

/HSO

61

64

63

62

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

/RST

/CCE

BUCK

VSS

VDD

BUS3

BUS2

BUS1

BUS0

DVSS

LO

RO

ZDET

17

TMAX

DATA

CLCK

TP5

RF

TP7

TP8

/CCE

TP9

TP10

TP6

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

CD SIGNAL

+B

+B

+B

+B

+

2

1

2

1

1

4

3

2

3
4
5
6

– 61 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 61 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (8/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

6

1

2

4

5

7

3

7

5

4

8

6

3

2

1

PICKUP UNIT

CD MOTOR
PWB-E

3

4

5

6

1

2

CAM SWITCH PWB-G

TRAY SWITCH

PWB-F

TE

IC6

IC5

SWITCHING

R73

8.2K

R37
33K

C67

0.001

C51

100/10

C96 100P

C36
27P

Q1

2SC1740 R

C34
22P

C40

0.1(ML)

R42

56K

C33

0.022

C32

0.022

R44

68K

C95 100P
C94 100P

C93
100P

C97 100P
C98 100P

C99 100P

CNP2

C58 100P
C59 100P

C60
100P

CNP3

L7

0.82µH

R52

560

R74

8.2K

R71
10K

R72
10K

R78

8.2K

R77

8.2K

R76
10K

R75
10K

R50

1.2K

R49

1.2K

R46

1.2K

C42

0.0068

R43
820

C49

0.1

C50

0.1

CNP4

CNP6

C46

0.022

C45

470/10

C48

100/10

R47

10K

R38
1K

C38

10/50

C37

0.022

Q3

2SD2012

DZ2

MTZJ3.9B

Q4
KTA1266 GR

C44

220/10

R48
10

C47

100/10

R53

68K

R57
47K

R55
68K

R56
68K

R54
47K

C43

0.022

R35

1K

R40

100

C39

3.9P

R36

2.2K

R39
10K

L2

0.82µH

220/10

C41

0.1(ML)

CNP5

CNP7

IC6

TA2147F

SERVO PRE

AMP.

SWB110 TRAY2

SWB109 TRAY1

SWB103
DISC DETECT 3

SWB104 MODE1
SWB105 MODE2
SWB106 MODE3

SWB101
DISC DETECT 1

SWB102
DISC DETECT 2

CNS5B

SWB108 MODE5

SWB107 MODE4

R41

3.3K

R45

8.2K

IC5

BA5939S

FOCUS/

TRACKING/

SPIN/

SLED DRIVER

CNS7A

CNS7B

CNS5A

NSW1
PICKUP IN

NM2
SLED
MOTOR

NM1
SPINDLE
MOTOR

CNS6A

CNS6B

CNS4

MOB1
MAIN CAM
MOTOR

MOB2
TRAY MOTOR

FW3

FW2

CNP6A

Q5

KRA102 M

8.6V

3.3V
4V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

4V

4V

4V

4V

4V

4V

4V

4V

4.3V

4.3V

8.6V

8.6V

4.3V

4.3V

8.6V

8.6V

8.6V

8.6V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V7V1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

2.3V

2.7V

1.5V

3.3V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

1.7V

0.7V

2.7V

4V

0.8V

1.2V

2.4V

1.1V

10

9

8

2

3

0.3V

4V

4V

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

GND

RFN

RFO

AGCI

RFGO

RFIS

RFRP

FEN

FEO

VRO

GVSW

SBAD

TEO

TEN

RFGC

TEB
SEL

FNI

FPI

TPI

TNI

MDI

LDO

3231

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3 2 1

MUTE

PREVCC

LEVEL SHIFT

BIAS

BIAS

POWVCC

LOADING2

VCC

LEVEL
SHIFT

LEVEL
SHIFT

LEVEL SHIFT

LOADING1

VCC

VREFSW

BIAS

PREVCC

POWVCC

BIAS

BIAS

LEVEL
SHIFT

LEVEL
SHIFT

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

CANB_A

CANA_E

CANA_D

CANA_C

CANA_B

CANA_A

CANB_B

CAMA_D

CAMB_B

CAMB_A

CAMA_E

CAMA_C

CAMA_B

CAMA_A

GND(D)

1

8

4

3

2

1

TRAY_A
TRAY_B

TRAY_C

TRAY_B

TRAY_A

GND(D)

1

TRAY_C

4

3

2

1

1
2
3
4

+

–
+

–

M

M

6
5
4
3
2
1

SP+
SP–

GND

PU-IN

SL–

SL+

SP–

SP+

–

–
+

+

M

M

5
4
3

6

2
1

3

4

5

6

1

2

GND

PU-IN

SL–

SL+

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

TR+
FO+

LD

VR

PD

GND

TR–

TR–

GND
PD

FO–

FO+

TR+

ACTUATOR

TR–

FO–

FO+

TR+

3

1

7
8

6

5

4

2

7

5

4

8

6

3

2

1

LD

VR

FO–

–

–

–

–

–

+

+

+

+

+

VCC

LD

MON

GND

E

A

B

F

C

1/2VCC

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

C
F

E

VREF

+5V

1/2V

E

A

B

F

C

3
4

5

7

1
2

6

6

1
2

4
5

7

3

+5V

A

B

LTOH41M1

VCC

TP12

TP14

FE

+B

+B

+B

4

1

4

1

8

GND(D)

GND(D)

SWITCHING

REGULATOR

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 62 –

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

Figure 62 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (9/16)

FROM
MAIN PWB

POWER PWB-D1 (2/2)

TO POWER SECTION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

IC101

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY(1/2)

RECORD SIGNAL

PLAYBACK SIGNAL

CNS940

P57 9-H

CD-MD3000H: P64 1-G
CD-MD3000W: P66 1-G

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6

R156

33K

R155

33K

Q119

DTC363 TS

Q120

DTC363 TS

R102

2.2K

R101

1K

R103

2.2K

C103
10/16

R105

100

IC102

BA3126N

HAED

SELECTOR

Q101
KRA107 M

R104

5.6K

Q102

KTC3199 GR

R154

47K

C141

1/50

C140

1/50

C105
560P

C101
180P

CNP102

C104
560P

R143

82

R114

1K

R137
10K

C109
330P

R141
47K

C138

0.0033

C130

1/50

C135

0.047(ML)

C137

0.0082
(PP)

C111
47/25

R117
56

C119

1/50

C113

560P

C107

0.033

R125

5.6K

R119
100K

R121

3.9K

C110
47/25

C112
560P

C120
1/50

R124

5.6K

C106

0.033

R109

15K

R132

1.5K

C126
22/50

R134
100

C116

3.3/50

R131

6.8K

Q116

KTC3203 Y

C127

0.0033

C132

220/16

C131
22/50

R135
100

R128
68K

C118

0.022

R138

10K

C123

0.022

R150

6.8K

R116
56

C102
180P

C129
1/50

C121
270P

R148

4.7

R136

10K

C108
330P

R133

1.5K

L104
330µH

R149

15K

Q114

2SA1015 GR

R153
47K

R147

4.7K

Q115
KRC104 M

R130
1K

R126

15K

R127

15K

R129
1K

R118
100K

R120

3.9K

C125
22/50

C122
270P

C124

0.022

R144

220

R139
22K

R115
1K

C134
47/25

C133

0.039(ML)

CNP101

IC101

AN7345K

PLAYBACK AND

RECORD/PLAYBACK

AMP.

11.3V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

11.3V

11.3V

1

2

3

2

3

1

3

1

2

3

1

2

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

BIAS OSC.

REC MUTE

REC MUTE

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

0V

0V

0V

0V

3.7V

3.7V

6.8V

4V

0V

0V

0V

3.3V

3.3V

0.5V

0.5V

0V

0V

1.9V

0.5V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0.5V

1.9V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

9V

0V

10V

10V

ERASE

HEAD

RECORD/

PLAYBACK

HEAD

R-CH

L-CH

9

8

7

6

5

4 3 2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

REC_MUTE

REC_CONT

REC_L-CH

REC_R-CH

A_GND

TAPE_R-CH

TAPE_L-CH

REC_BIAS

A_+10V

M_+11V

BIAS_GND

A_GND

A_GND

M_GND

ERASE

T2_R2

T2_R1

T2_L1

T2_L2

0V

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3
2
1

L-CH

L-CH

R-CH

R-CH

Vcc

ALC

GND

ALC

RIPPLE

Nor/CrO2

–

+

–

+

Hich=T1

+

+

–

–

Hich=CHROME

56K

112K

56K

112K

A B C D

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

– 63 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 63 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (10/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

VSM
C2B_DO
C2B_CE
C2B_DI
C2B_CL
D_GND
S-MUTE
CD-R_SEL
PB_MUTE

S-MUTE

PB_MUTE

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

P56 5-H

X

W

U

V

R

S

T

Q
O

C599

0.001

R582

22K

C566

22/50

Q508

DTC363 TS

Q507

DTC363 TS

C550
22/50

R542

1.5K

R552
47K

R538
1K

C534

47P

(CH)

C532
100P(CH)

C537

0.1

C536
10/50

R537
1K

C533

47P
(CH)

R551
47K

C551
22/50

R541

1.5K

C531

100P(CH)

C535

0.1

C530

10/50

JK501

C523

1/50

R550

39K

C525

1/50

C527
1/50

C517

1/50

C515

0.0027(ML)

C519

1/50

C521

1/50

R531

3.9K

R533

3.9K

C522

1/50

C524

1/50

C526

1/50

C528

1/50

C518

1/50

C520

1/50

C516

0.0027(ML)

C512

0.1
C514

0.1

R530

3.9K

R534

3.9K

R532

3.9K

R528

2.2K

C510

10/50

C529

10/50

R526

1K

D508

DS1SS133

D507

DS1SS133

C562

0.1

L501

2.2µH

L502

2.2µH

C541
390P

C540
390P

R549

39K

C573

2.2/50

C574

2.2/50

R548

2.2K

R547

2.2K

R592

47K

R591

47K

R543

47K

R544

47K

Q509

KRA107 M

R539

10K

R540

10K

C503
22/50

R507

22K

Q502

KTC3199 GR

C502

0.001

R504

2.2K

Q501

KTC3199 GR

C501

0.001

R503

2.2K

R502

330

R525

1K

R524

1K

R501

330

R535

47K

R536

47K

C564

0.1

C563
10/50

C511

0.1

R529

3.9K

C513

0.1

R527

2.2K

C509

10/50

IC502

LC75341

AUDIO PROCESSOR

IC503

NJM4558M

OPE AMP.

C597

0.0027

C598

0.0027

R523

330

R522

330

DZ502

MTZJ8.2B

C507

47/25

C508

0.1

C506

47/25

C565

0.1

R515

4.7K

R516

47K

Q504

KRC107 M

Q503

KRA107 M

R517
1K

R512

8.2K

R511

8.2K

R513

1.2K

R514

1.2K

IC501
BU4066BCF
INPUT
SELECTOR

IC502

LC75341

0V

0V

10V

10V

0V

0V

5V

5V

5V

5V5V5V5V5V5V5V

5V5V5V5V5V5V5V

5V

0V

2.6V

2.6V

0V 0V 0V 0V

0.7V0.7V

0V

0V

0V

0V

10V

0V
0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

3.6V

3.6V

8.2V

(6V)

(0V)

(6V)

(0V)

(-6V)

(0V)

(-6V)

(0V)

(7.6V)
(-6V)

(0V)

(0V)

(0V)

(0V)

(-6V)

(7.6V)

(0V)

(7.6V)

(-6V)

(6V)

R-CH

L-CH

CHASSIS
GND

––+

+

–

–

+–+

–

+

+–+

–

+

CD/MD_R

TUNER_R

TAPE_R

AUX_R

24

23 22

21 20

19

18

17 161514

13

12

11

10

9

876

5

4

321

ROUT

LBASS

LSEL0

CCB

INTERFACE

R1

R2

R3

R4

RSEL0

RIN

RTRE

RBASS

VREF

VDD

CLK

L1

L2

L3

L4

LIN

LTRE

LOUT

VSS

CE

DI

AUX

DECK

TUNER

CD

2

3

1

A_GND

A_+B

A_GND2

A_-B

R_CH

L_CH

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

P56 6-H

TO TUNER SECTION

CD-MD3000H: P54 1-F

CD-MD3000W: P55 7-F

A_GND

TUN_L

TUN_R

A_+B

D_GND

VSM

C2B_DO

C2B_CL

C2B_DI

C2B_CE

CD/MD

TUNER_L

TAPE_L

AUX_L

A_GND

REC_RCH

REC_LCH

TAPE_L

TAPE_R

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

P57 10-H

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

P56 4-H

CD_R

CD_L

A_GND

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

–

+

+

–

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

L

M

NKHEGFI

J

MAIN PWB-A1 (2/3)

+B

+B

+B+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

-B

-B

-B

-B

CD SIGNAL

RECORD SIGNAL

PLAYBACK SIGNAL

FM SIGNAL

SWITCHING

SYSTEM MUTE

SYSTEM MUTE

1

1

2

3

2

3

1

11

84

53691210 13 2

14

7

MD_RCH

MD_LCH

AUX

INPUT

2

1

3

2

1

3

IC503

MD_LCH

MD_RCH

CD/MD_L

12

TO MICROCOMPUTER SECTION

P57 10-H

MD SIGNAL

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 64 –

Figure 64 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (11/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

CD-MD3000H

13

12

11

9

10

2

3

2

3

1

1

C844

3.3/50

C223

10/50

C224

10/50

RP803

0.7

C811

0.001

LED801
K5052UL

R836

270

RP807

0.7

C801

0.022

R802

6.2K

C802

0.022
R804

4.7K

IC803

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Q801

2SD2012

Q803

KTC3199 GR

R808
220

RP801

FR252

100

Fusible

CNP807

FR213 100

Fusible

FR214

100

Fusible

R830
100

CNP805

C209

100/50

R813

1.5K

C821

100/25

C820

0.047
(ML)

C822
10/50

R809
22K

C818
6800/16

R803

22K

R821
470

C838

220/16

Q810

KTC3199 GR

DZ804
MTZJ10B

R822

1.5K

C840

0.022

C837

0.022

Q809

2SD2012

C839

100/16

R820

470

R807

22K

C815

0.1

C814

47/25

C816

0.1

C817

6800/25

Q805

KTC2026

C807

0.047
(ML)

R806

22K

C810

22/50

C230

0.15

C229

0.15

C221

0.015(ML)

C222

0.015(ML)

C213 0.022

C217

100P(CH)

C211

0.15(ML)

C212

0.15(ML)

C207

0.15

CNP806

DZ803

MTZJ9.1B

Q806

KTA1046 Y

C819

470/25

C238

100/50

R215
22K

R244

1K

C232

0.0015

R246
820

C234
1/50

C236

15P

R248

56K

R250

1K

R256

0.1(1W)

C240

0.022

R258

10K

R260
1K

2

Q204

KTC3199 GR

R261

56K

R230

0.22(2W)

R220

0.22(2W)

R229

0.22(2W)

R219

0.22(2W)
C205

15P

R209

1K

R205

56K

R203

820

C203
47/50

D205
DS1SS133

R201
1K

D201

DS1SS133

Q206

KTC3199 GR

C251

47/50

R262
56K

R278

56K

Q201

KTC3199 GR

R231
1K

IC201

STK40271(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

R225

10K

C215

0.022

R223

0.1

(1W)

D202

DS1SS133

Q202

KTC3199 GR

R232
1K

R226

10K

C216

0.022

R224

0.1

(1W)

R210
1K

R206
56K

C206

15P

C204
47/50

R204
820

C202
220P

R202

1K

C210

100/50

C201
220P

Q205

KTC3199 GR

R216

22K

R239

1K

C225
220P(CH)

C226
220P(CH)

R238
68K

R237
68K

R233
100K

R234
100K

R212

18K

C208

0.15

R211

18K

C247
47/50

C248

0.022

R241

68K

R242

68K

C219
10/50

C220
10/50

R235

1.8K

R236

1.8K

R240

1K

R221 4.7K

R217

18K

C218
100P(CH)

C228

2.2/50
C227

2.2/50

C249
47/25

C250

0.022

C214

0.022
R222

4.7K

R218

18K

R277

330

IC203

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

R227

8.2K

R228

8.2K

5

2

7

1

6

4

3

8

15

14

13

12

11

9

8

6
7

5

4

3

2

1

10

+

+

–

–

IC802

IC802

KIA7810AP

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

IC803

IC203

BI804

CNS804

Q813
KRA107 M

Q812

KRC107 M

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

+

–

–Vcc

Ch2

Ch2

Out

+

–

+Vcc

Ch1

Out

Ch1

-B

+B

Ch1

Out

Ch1

–

+

+V

c

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

8

TO MAIN

PWB

BI960

P56 6-H

CD_GND

M_GND

CD_+B

M_10V

A_GND
A_+10V

M_10V

M_GND

CD_GND

CD_+B

A_GN

A_+10V

A_GND2

R-CH

L-CH

+B
+B

+B
+B

+B

A_GND2

+B

+B

+B

+B

-B

TO MAIN

PWB

BI950

P57 8-H

-B

+B

+B

+B

D_GND

FAN_CTL

D_GND

-8V

AC_RLY CTL

UN_SW 5V

SP_RLY

SP_DET

A
B

C

D

A_+10V
A_GND
M_+10V
BIAS_GND

TO DECK
SECTION

P62 3-A

+5V

+5V

GND
GND

GND

+B

+B

+B

+B

-B

-B

+B +B

+B

+B

+B

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

+B

-B

+B

5

4

6

8

1
2

7

8

737

8

3 2 1

3

2

1

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

8.4V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

-8.2V

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

5

4

6

1
2
3

5

1

3
4

6

2

+B

+B

+B

-B

+B

-0.2V

-0.2V

36V

37V

-35V

-37V

-36V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

-0.2V

-0.2V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

4.6V

-0.2V

-0.2V

30V

31V

0V

0V

-30V

11.3V

17V

12V

10V

17V

0V

8.6V

17V

17V

9.2V

9.8V

9.2V

-19.5V

-8.3V

-9V

(11.1V)

(5.1V)

(5.9V)

(11.1V)

(6.5V)

(0V)

(6.5V)

(2.5V)

– 65 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 65 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (12/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

-

+

+

-

+

-

+

-

C241

10/50

C242

10/50

R281

12(1/2W)

R207

2.7(1/2W)

COR801

R213
100

RP805

2.2

Q200

KRC102 M

C200
47/16

R200

100

CNP204

FR251

100Fusible

C258

100/16

DZ201

MTZJ5.6B

R299

3.9K

D210

DS1SS133

C257

10/50

R283
470K

R284

1K

Q210

KTC3199 GR

Q212

2SA562 Y

R251

10K

Q211

KTC3199 GR

C237

100/50

CNP207

C252

2200/50

C253

3300/63

C254
3300/63

C255
2200/50

R275

22K

R276
22K

R273
22K

D208

DS1SS133

RY202

Q209

KTC3199 GR

R268

330(1/2W)

R274

22K

RY201

D207

DS1SS133

R270

330(1/2W)

R269

330(1/2W)

R267
330(1/2W)

R254

10K

R253

1K

R272

4.7(1/2W)

R271

4.7(1/2W)

C246

0.1(ML)

C245

0.1(ML)

BI201A

C243

0.1(ML)

R265

4.7(1/2W)

R266

4.7(1/2W)

C244

0.1(ML)

R264

56K

R280

56K

R263

56K

C256
47/50

IC202
STK40204(2Ch)
POWER AMP.

D204

DS1SS133

C231

0.0015

)

R260
1K

R298
22K

R297
22K

04
99 GR

R255

0.1(1W)

C239

0.022

R257

10K

R259
1K

Q203
KTC3199 GR

Q208

KTC3199 GR

D203

DS1SS133

R243

1K
D206
DS1SS133

C233
1/50

R245

820

R247

56K

R249

1K

C235

15P

Q207

KTC3199 GR

CNP203

D808

2A02M

D810

2A02M

C829

0.047(ML)

D811
2A02M

D809

2A02M

C828

0.047(ML)

CNS200

F802

T2.5A L250A

BI808

CNS808

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

F806

T3.15A L 250V

D816 TS6B04GM

C833

0.022

C832

0.022

C831

0.022

D817 TS6B04GM

C834

0.022

F805

T3.15A L 250V

R835
56

R834
56

D802

1N4004S

F808

T2A L 250V

F801

T2A L 250V

C827

0.047

D807
1N4004S

D805

1N4004S

C826

0.047

D804

1N4004S

D806
1N4004S

CNP803

CNP802

CNP801

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

F807

T3.15A L 250V

C836

0.0047

RY801

D819

DS1SS133

L802

LINE FILTER

D812

1N4004S

D815

1N4004S

D814

1N4004S

D813

1N4004S

C835

0.047
(ML)

C830

470/35

C825

1000/6.3

D818

DS1SS133

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

IC808

KIA7805AP

C824

0.047(ML)

C823

100/16

Q807
KTC3199 GR

R814

100

R815
47K

C265

0.01

C263

0.01

C280

0.001

C279

0.001

C281

0.001

C282

0.001

C261

0.01

R287

6.8

R285

6.8

C259

0.01

L201

0.29µH

C268

0.01

R290

6.8

C272

0.01

R292

6.8

C270

0.01

C274

0.01

L204

0.29µH

C278

0.001

C277

0.001

R291

6.8

C269

0.01
C271

0.01

C267

0.01

L203

0.29µH

R289

6.8

C264

0.01

R286

6.8

C260

0.01

C266

0.01

C262

0.01

L202

0.29µH

R288

6.8

C273

0.01

BI201B

IC202

IC808

KIA7805AP

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Out

Ch2

Ch2

–

+

+Vcc

–Vcc

12

11

10

9

8

15

14

13

+B

+B

POWER PWB-D1 (1/2)

MO200

FAN

MOTOR

+

2

1

2

1

FROM

HEADPHONES

PWB
CNS730
P57 8-C

+B

FAN MOTOR
DRIVER

+B

1 2 3 4 5

-B

5

4

6

8

1

2

7

3

1
2
3
4

M

5

4

4
5

+B2

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

+B1

+B

-B

-B

+B

-B

+B

5

2

4

1
2
3
4
5

3

1

3

2

1

1
2
3

T.F.

2

1

2

1

SUB TRANS PWB-D2

FM SIGNAL

When Servicing, pay attention as the
area enclosed by this line ( ) is
directly connected with AC main voltage.

AC POWER
SUPPLY
CORD(239)

AC 230V,
50Hz

(251)

(251)

+B

+B

+B

+B

3 2 1

RELAY DRIVER

6

8

2

5

1

3

7

4

SPEAKER PWB-D3

MAIN

MAIN

SUB
WOOFER

SP L-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SO201
SPEAKER
TERMINALS

V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

31V

0V

0V

0V

-30V

-31V

-0.2V

-0.2V

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

0V

8.2V
0V

8.6V

4V

2.7V

0V

0V

0V

0.1V

0.8V

0.8V

1

2

3

5.7V

10V

0.7V

0.2V

0V

0.8V

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 66 –

Figure 66 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (13/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

CD-MD3000W

13

12

11

9

10

+5V

+5V

GND
GND
GND

2

3

2

3

1

1

C844

3.3/50

Q813
KRA107 M

Q812

KRC107 M

C223

10/50

C224

10/50

RP803

0.7

C811

0.001

LED801
K5052UL

R836

270

RP807

0.7

C801

0.022

R802

6.2K

C802

0.022

C804

1000

/6.3

R804

4.7K

IC803

NJM431L

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

Q801

2SD2012

Q803

KTC3199 GR

R808
220

RP801

FR252

100

Fusible

CNP807

FR213 100

Fusible

FR214

100

Fusible

R830
100

CNP805

C209

100/50

R813

1.5K

C821

100/25

C820

0.047
(ML)

C822

10/50

R809
22K

C818
6800/16

R803

22K

R821
470

C838

220/16

Q810

KTC3199 GR

DZ804
MTZJ10B

R822

1.5K

C840

0.022

C837

0.022

Q809

2SD2012

C839

100/16

R820

470

R807

22K

C815

0.1

C814
47/25

C816

0.1

C817

6800/25

Q805

KTC2026

C807

0.047
(ML)

R806

22K

C810
22/50

C230

0.15

C229

0.15

C221

0.015(ML)

C222

0.015(ML)

C213

0.022

C217

100P(CH)

C211

0.15(ML)

C212

0.15(ML)

C207

0.15

CNP806

DZ803

MTZJ9.1B

Q806
KTA1046 Y

C819

470/25

C238

100/50

R215
22K

R244

1K

C232

220P

R246
820

C234
1/50

C236

15P

R248

56K

R250

1K

R256

0.1(1W)

C240

0.022

R258

10K

R260
1K

Q204

KTC3199 GR

R261

56K

R230

0.22(2W)

R220

0.22(2W)

R229

0.22(2W)

R219

0.22(2W)
C205

15P

R209

1K

R205

56K

R203

820

C203
47/50

D205
DS1SS133

R201
1K

D201

DS1SS133

Q206

KTC3199 GR

C251

47/50

R262
56K

R278

56K

Q201

KTC3199 GR

R231
1K

IC201

STK40271(2Ch)

POWER AMP.

R225

10K

C215

0.022

R223

0.1

(1W)

D202

DS1SS133

Q202

KTC3199 GR

R232
1K

R226

10K

C216

0.022

R224

0.1

(1W)

R210
1K

R206
56K

C206

15P

C204
47/50

R204
820

C202
220P

R202

1K

C210

100/50

C201
220P

Q205

KTC3199 GR

R216

22K

R239

1K

C225
220P(CH)

C226
220P(CH)

R238
68K

R237
68K

R233
100K

R234
100K

R212

18K

C208

0.15

R211

18K

C247
47/50

C248

0.022

R241

68K

R242

68K

C219
10/50

C220
10/50

R235

1.8K

R236

1.8K

R240

1K

R221

4.7K

R217

18K

C218
100P(CH)

C228

2.2/50
C227

2.2/50

C249
47/25

C250

0.022

C214

0.022
R222

4.7K

R218

18K

R277

330

IC203

KIA4558P

OPE AMP.

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

R227

8.2K

R228

8.2K

5

2

7

1

6

4

3

8

15

14

13

12

11

9

8

6
7

5

4

3

2

1

10

+

+

–

–

IC802

IC802

KIA7810AP

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

IC803

IC203

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

+

–

–Vcc

Ch2

Ch2

Out

+

–

+Vcc

Ch1

Out

Ch1

-B

+B

Ch1

Out

Ch1

–

+

+

V

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

TO MAIN

PWB

BI960

P56 6-H

CD_GND

M_GND

CD_+B

M_10V

A_GND
A_+10V

M_10V

M_GND

CD_GND

CD_+B

A_GN

A_+10V

A_GND2

R-CH

L-CH

+B
+B

+B
+B

+B

A_GND2

+B

+B

+B

+B

-B

TO MAIN

PWB

BI950

-B

+B

+B

+B

D_GND

FAN_CTL

D_GND

-8V

AC_RLY CTL

UN_SW 5V

SP_RLY

SP_DET

A
B
C
D

A_+10V
A_GND
M_+10V
BIAS_GND

TO DECK
SECTION

P62 3-A

+B

+B

+B

+B

-B

-B

+B +B

+B

+B

+B

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

+B

-B

+B

5

4

6

8

1

2

7

3

3 2 1

3

2

1

+B

+B

+B

+B

+B

8.4V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

-8.2V

VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

+B

P57 8-H

-0.2V

-0.2V

36V

37V

-35V

-37V

-36V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

-0.2V

-0.2V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

4.6V

-0.2V

-0.2V

30V

31V

0V

0V

-30V

11.3V

17V

12V

10V

17V

0V

8.6V

17V

17V

9.2V

9.8V

9.2V

-19.5V

-8.3V

-9V

(11.1V)

(5.1V)

(5.9V)

(11.1V)

(6.5V)

(0V)

(6.5V)

(2.5V)

8

7

+B

5

4

6

1

2
3

8

7

5

4

6

1
2
3

+B

+B

-B

+B

BI804

CNS804

– 67 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 67 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (14/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

-

+

+

-

+

-

+

-

0V

4V

2.7V

CNS205

MO201

FAN

MOTOR

+

2

1

M

CNP205

2

1

D821

DS1SS133

C842

100/10

R800

22K

Q811

KRC107 M

11.2V

11.2V

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

1

2

3

Q215

KTA1271 Y

C241

10/50

C242

10/50

R252

1.8(1/2W)

COR801

R213

100

RP805

2.2

C200
47/16

R200

270

CNP204

FR251

100Fusible

C258

100/16

DZ201

MTZJ6.2B

R299

390

D210

DS1SS133

C257
10/50

R283
470K

R284

1K

Q210

KTC3199 GR

Q212

2SA562 Y

R251

10K

Q211
KTC3199 GR

C237

100/50

CNP207

C252

2200/50

C253

3300/63

C254
3300/63

C255
2200/50

R275

22K

R276
22K

R273
22K

D208

DS1SS133

RY202

Q209

KTC3199 GR

R268

330(1/2W)

R274

22K

RY201

D207

DS1SS133

R270

330(1/2W)

R269

330

(1/2W)

R267

330(1/2W)

R254

10K

R253

1K

R272

4.7(1/2W)

R271

4.7(1/2W)

C246

0.1(ML)

C245

0.1(ML)

BI201A

C243

0.1(ML)

R265

4.7(1/2W)

R266

4.7(1/2W)

C244

0.1(ML)

R264

56K

R280

56K

R263

56K

C256
47/50

IC202

D204

DS1SS133

C231
220P

)

R260
1K

R298
22K

R297
22K

04
99 GR

R255

0.1(1W)

C239

0.022

R257

10K

R259
1K

Q203
KTC3199 GR

Q208

KTC3199 GR

D203

DS1SS133

R243

1K
D206
DS1SS133

C233
1/50

R245

820

R247

56K

R249

1K

C235

15P

Q207

KTC3199 GR

CNP203

CNS200

L201

0.29µH
L204

0.29µH

L203

0.29µH

L202

0.29µH

BI201B

IC202
STK40204(2Ch)
POWER AMP.

R208

270

Q200

KTC3203 Y

R296
220K

R207

10(1/2W)

R295

1K

DZ299

MTZJ3.9B

R214

8.2(1/2W)

Out

Ch2

Ch2

–

+

+Vcc

–Vcc

12

11

10

9

8

15

14

13

+B

+B

POWER PWB-D1 (1/2)

MO200

FAN

MOTOR

+

2

1

2

1

FROM

HEADPHONES

PWB

CNS730

P59 8-C

+B

FAN MOTOR

DRIVER

+B

1 2 3 4 5

5

4

6

8

1

2

7

3

1
2
3
4

M

FM SIGNAL

6

8

2

5

1

3

7

4

SPEAKER PWB-D3

MAIN

MAIN

SUB
WOOFER

SP L-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP L-CH

SP L-CH
GND

SP R-CH

SP R-CH
GND

SO201
SPEAKER
TERMINALS

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

4.6V

4.6V

4.6V

31V

0V

0V

0V

-30V

-31V

-0.2V

-0.2V

4.6V

0V

0V

0V

8.2V
0V

8.6V

0V

0V

0V

0.1V

0.8V

0.8V

-B

-B

+B1

+B

-B

-B

+B

1

2
3
4
5

1

2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1

2
3

4

5

T.F.

SUB TRANS PWB-D2

AC POWER
SUPPLY CORD(239)
AC 110/127/220/230-240V,
50/60Hz

(251)

(251)

+B

+B

+B

3

2

1

RELAY DRIVER

12

3

4

5

12

3

4

5

D808

2A02M

D810

2A02M

C829

0.047(ML)

D811

2A02M

D809

2A02M

C828

0.047(ML)

F802

T2.5A L250A

BI808

CNS808

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

F806

T3.15A L 250V

D816 TS6B04GM

C833

0.022

C832

0.022

C831

0.022

D817 TS6B04GM

C834

0.022

F805

T3.15A L 250V

R835
56

R834
56

D802
1N4004S

F808

T2A L 250V

F801

T2A L 250V

C827

0.047

D807

1N4004S

D805

1N4004S

C826

0.047

D804

1N4004S

D806

1N4004S

CNP803

CNP801

CNP802

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFOMER

L802

LINE FILTER

D812

1N4004S

D815

1N4004S

D814

1N4004S

D813

1N4004S

C835

0.047
(ML)

C830

470/35

C825

1000/6.3

D818

DS1SS133

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

IC808

KIA7805AP

C824

0.047(ML)

C823

100/16

Q807

KTC3199 GR

R814

100

R815

47K

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

5.7V

10V

0.7V

0.2V

0V

0.8V

230-240V

230-240V

220V

220V

127V

127V

110V

110V

D819

DS1SS133

RY801

C836

0.0047

IC808

KIA7805AP

CONSTANT VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 68 –

Figure 68 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (15/16)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• NOTES ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM can be found on page 46.

• The numbers 1 to 36 are waveform numbers shown in page 86-87.

TP1630

TP1303

TP1130

TP1136

TP1422

TP1421

TP1420

TP1451

TP1402

TP1403

TP1406

TP1407

TP1408

TP1404

TP1401

TP1409

TP1405

TP1606

TP1135

TP1131

TP1133

TP1254

TP1253

TP1252

TP1251

TP1250

48

TP1330

TP1604

TP1605

TP1542

TP1541

TP1601

TP1600

TP1400

TP1602
TP1603

TP1543

TP1302

CN1300

TP1300

TP1301

TP1103

TP1116

TP1112

TP1117

TP1118

TP1119

TP1105

TP1106

TP1107

TP1108

TP1109

TP1115

TP1110

TP1111

TP1113

TP1123

TP1122

TP1121

TP1120

TP1104

TP1102

TP1101

TP1100

TP1201

TP1202

SLDRF

FODRF

TRDRF

SPDRF

SPDRF

SLDRF

TRDRF

FODRF

SYWR

SYRD

SYRS

SLDRR
SPDRR

TRDRR

FODRR

DSENSE

STID

SYD7

SYWR

SYRD

SYRS

FOK

SBCK

SBO

DSCK

MDDATA

KDATA

DSTB

DISC

TRDRR

SGAIN

DISC

DTEMP

A1

A2

A3

SLDRR

SPDRR

FODRR

FN

FP

TP

TN

FN

TP

LDON

LDVAR

3.2V

2.6V

3.2V

VREF

AVCC2

G1

S2

S2

HFON

P/R

A2

FRASH H

DSENSE

64M

SBCK

SFSY

SBO

FLASH L

S1
S1

D1

D2G2

G2

D2

D1

S

G1

AVCK3

T+ T-

ADJS

EFMO-I

WBO-I

BOUT-IN

AOUT-IN

TCG

FOUT-IN

EOUT-IN

FOUT-IN

EOUT-IN

BOUT-IN

AOUT-IN

TCG

WBO-I

DISC

DTEMP

VREF

VREF

FIN

EIN

BIN

AIN

RF3

RF4

RF1

RF2

TRY+

SPDRR

SPDRF

SLDRR

SLDRF

TRDRR

TRDRF

FODRR

EFMMON

SYRS

SYRDX

AVCC1
EFMI
AGND1

TCG

WBI

RAA3

RAA2

VDD1
DGND

FODRF

WP
SCL

A0

SDA

VCC

A1
VSS

MAGNETIC

HEAD

(RECORD)

F+ F-

SLD+

SLD­SP+

SP-

TRY-

F+ F- T+ T-

F+ F- T+ T-

R/P

R/P

R/P

HDON

MINF

EFMO

HDON

INNSW

LD+

LD-

LD-

LD+

LEAD IN

LOADING
MINF

LEAD IN

GND

LOADING
MINF

MINF

R/P

HDON

R/P

LOADING

DINT

RAST

TEST1

EEPD

GND

FOK

SYWR

SYRS

SYRD

SEACH OUT

STID OUT

CNVSS

BYTE

VREF

AVCC

MCCK

ST-ID
SERCH

CIN

SGAIN

UNLOCK

TEST2

MDRSW

KDATA

EEPK

AVCK2

LDVAR

TESTK1

AVCK1

TEST-K

MDDATA

DSCK

TEST0

MINF

HDON

R/P

DSTB

CDB SEL

VSS

VCC

RESET

EEPRO

4M/16M

AGC

ESW

BOUT

MODE

SW

EFMAGC

ASW

BSW

FSW

TCGO

OPICPW

VCC2

WBO

GND2

ADIPNF

ADAGI

DCNF

VCC1

BIAS

GND1

NIN

PITG

3+4

PIN

1+2

1234

AOUT

BOUT

EOUT

DTEMP

DISC

BPF

R
and
SW

DIFF

ADIP AGC

BIAS

RF1

RF2

REFI

REFO

RFADD

TCGI

AIN

BIN

EIN

FOUT

EOUT

AOUT

ADIPO

ADAGC

EFMO

1.25V

CH3IN

OUT3

IN3-

VBS2

Vm2

IN3+

NC

GND

VM3+

VM3-

VM4-

VM4+

VM5+
VM5­OUT5
IN5-

IN5+

IN4+

IN4­OUT4

VREF

SS.GND

MUTE2

MUTE1

IN2+

IN2-

OUT2

VM2-

VM2+

GND

VM1+

VM1-

OUT1

IN1-

VBS1

IN1+

REGB

REG+

+

-

GND

GND

GND

VCC

47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29

27
26
25

242322212019181716151413

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

28

SGAIN

FIN

RF4

RF3

TN

FP

12

1
2

3456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728

123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425262728

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2

5 4 3

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1
2
3
4

8

30

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

858687888990919293949596979899

100

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

7
6
5

14 13 12 11 10

9 8

2
3
4

8
7
6
5

221

1 5

4
3

1
2
3
4
5

7

6
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

20

21 22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

VREFO

SGAIN

P-DOWN

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

27

99

100

VBAT

FIN

EIN

BIN

AIN

X176KO

TEST2

8
7
6
5

4

3

2

1

APCIN

LDON

LDVCC

DGND

B

LVVOUT

F.COIL

T.COIL

I/V

I/V

I/V

I/V

SW

APCOUT

DGND

LDVAR

A

COM

RF1

F

E

RF2

RF4

VCC

MP/R

RF3

T-

F-

AGND

F+

T+

DGND

EXT.C

LDOUT

APC
LVV

LDON

GND

VCC

LVVIN

+2.8V

MD PICKUP UNIT

LDVAR

FLEXIBLE
PWB

TP1971

TP1972

TP1975

TP1974
TP1973

TP1945
TP1944

TP1946
TP1943

TP1941

TP1942

+

–

–

+

LEAD IN

LD-

LD+

+
–

MINF

LOADING

GND

CW1931

M

M

M

MD MECHANISM
SWITCH PWB-K1

MD LOADING

MOTOR PWB-K2

1

3

3

212

8

9

13

14

15

11

1

6

1

6

1

5

1

5

EFMO-I

12

C1112

5P(CH)

R1114

12K

C1113

1

C1114

0.1

C1115

0.1
C1116

1

C1117

1

R1119

220K

C1119

0.47

C1118

0.47

C1121

0.22

C1123

0.1

C1122
1

R1125

2.2K

R1124

2.2K

R1123

12K

R1122

12K

R1120

270K

C1124

0.22

R1121
39K

R1117

47K

R1118
330K

R1115

330K

R1116

47K

R1113

560K

R1112

82K

R1110

560K

R1111

82K

C1111

1

C1110

1

IC1101

IR3R58M

RF SIGNAL

PROCESSOR

L1100

0.47µH

R1100

27

R1101

1

C1100

4.7

R1102

10K

R1105

1.2K

C1107

0.033

C1125

1

L1101

10µH

CN1101

R1301

10

C1301

0.027

C1300

47P(CH)

D1300

SBE803

IC1301

FTD2005

HEAD DRIVER

IC1302

CPH5608

HEAD DRIVER

R1300

8.2

C1302

10

C1303

1

R1304
150

L1300

4.7µH

R1612

150K

R1614

100K

IC1300

74ACT02T

HEAD DRIVER

C1304
220P
(CH)

R1401

2.7K

D1402
1SS355

IC1402
58X2402T
EEPROM

R1406
10K

R1460

10K

R1463

10K

C1403

0.1

R1600

6.8K

C1601
820P

R1601

6.8K

C1602

820P

R1605

10K

C1603

820P

C1604

820P

R1606

10K

C1607

1

CN1401

C1402

0.022

C1611

0.0056

R1616

10K

C1612

0.0056

R1617

10K

C1610

4.7

C1619
330P(CH)

CN1402

R1618
15K

C1613

0.015

R1624

6.8K

C1655

0.015

R1623

22K

R1622

22K

R1621

6.8K

R1620

15K

C1615

0.015

IC1601

R1405

100K

Q1402

UN2113

Q1403
UN2213

R1461

10K

R1430

10K

R1408

3.3K

R1418

1K

R1417

1K

C1406

680P

C1405

680P

R1415

1K

C1404

0.047

R1414

220K

R1420

1K

R1403

470

C1407

0.047

R1424

47K

C1201

10

C1211

0.1

C1262

270P(CH)

C1261
270P(CH)

C1266

27P(CH)

C1263

270P(CH)

C1264

270P(CH)

C1265

270P(CH)

R1265
22K

R1264
22K

R1263
22K

R1262
22K

R1261
22K

R1266

22K

R1200
100K

R1201
100K

R1202
120K

R1203
120K

R1204
82K

R1205

82K

R1206
62K

R1207
62K

C1200

1

IC1401

IX0349AW

MD SYSTEM

MICROCOMPUTER

CN1931

SW1932

LOADING

SW1933

RECORD

SW1930

WRITE PRO

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

SW1934

PLAY

R1933
270

R1932

120

R1931

560

R1930

390

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

CW1932

CN1932

M902

MD SLED

MOTOR

M901

MD SPINDLE

MOTOR

SW1936
LEAD IN

C1606

10

IC1601

M56788FP

MOTOR DRIVER

R1407

3.3K

4

7

10

16

30

17

28

31

29

– 69 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 69 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (16/16)

7

8 9 10 11 12

TP1415

TP1213

TP1406

TP1407

TP1408

TP1410

TP1413

TP1412

TP1411

TP1409

TP1607

TP1800

TP1801

TP1700

TP1701

TP1218

TP1211

TP1214

FL1503

FL1502

FL1501

TP1533

TP1532

TP1531

TP1530

TP1513

TP1514
TP1515
TP1516

TP1517

TP1518

TP1501

TP1502
TP1503
TP1504
TP1505
TP1506

TP1507
TP1508

TP1510

TP1509
TP1511

TP1512
TP1520
TP1522

TP1521
TP1523
TP1525

TP1526

TP1524

TP1519

TP1706

TP1704

TP1705

TP1414

TP1703

TP1215

TP1217

TP1216

TP1210

TP1702

TP1212

TP1207

TP1209

TP1206

TP1208

TP1205

TP1203

TP1204

P1202

XRST

MCCK

SBO

SBSY

SFSY

FOK

DSENSE

CIN

DINT

SYD0

SYD1

SYD2

SYD3

SYD4

SYD5

SYD6

SYD7

SYWR

SYRD

SYRS

SBCK

SYD4

SYD5

SYD6

SYD7

SYWR

SYRD

SYRS

A8

A7

A5

A4
A6

A9

A3

A2

DADATA
ADDATA

BCLK
LRCK

A9

A8A7A6A5A4

A0A1A2

A3

L3DATA

L3CLK

L3MODE

LOADIN

STID

DSTB

MDDATA

DSCK
KDATA

SERCH

RESET

LOADIN

DADATA

ADDATA

DFCK

DFCK

VREF

AVCC2

VSSA

VDDA

VINL

VREFA

VINR

VADCN

VADCP

MP1

VDDD

VSSD

MP4

BCK

WS

DATAO

DATAI

MP5

MC2

AVSS

AVDD

VOUTR

VDDO

MC1

MP2

MP3

SYSCLK

VSSO

VREFD

VOUTL

LAST

CRTRG SW

SLOT5

FRASH H

CDLRCK
CDBCK

CDDATA

GND

DIN

PCONT0

DIGOUT
GND

A/B

AVCK3

VREF3.2V

L3CLK

L3MODE

X700KO

EFMO

SPDRR

SPDRF

SLDRR

SLDRF

TRDRR

TRDRF

FODRR

RAA7

VDD1

FEMON

DADATA
ADDATA

DFCK

VXI
CDBCLK
CDLRCK
CDDATA

DGND

PLLBVC

DOUT

DIN

DIN2

DILOCK

TEST1
TEST0

SYD6

SYD5

TCRS

EFMMON

SYRS

SYRDX

SYD7

XO

DGND

VPD

SBSY

SBO

SBCK

TEMON

TOTMON

DGND

VDD2

SENSE

FOK

MCCK

COUT

DINTX

SFSY

AVCC1
EFMI
AGND1

TCG

WBI

DGND

RAA4

RAA5

RAA8

RAOEX

RACASX

RAD2

RAA3

RAA2

ACRCER

PLCK

RAA10

RAA11

VDD1
DGND

RARASX

RAD0

FODRF

VDD2

RAD1

RESET
MD-ST

LOAD SW

DSCK
SERCH

D.GND

DVDD

D.GND

VREF3.2V

P.GND

PCNT0

PCNT0

VREF3.2V

LD+

RAST

C/N
5/3

TEST1

GND

MUTE

SYSD0
SYSD1

SYWR

SYRS

SYRD

INNER

LD-

VCC

DFS1
DFS0

PCNT0

LDON

DAPON

SBSY

SYSD4

SYSD5

SYSD6

SYSD7

TEST2

XRST

SYSD2
SYSD3

TEST0

ADMUT

BACKUP
PDOWN

DOUT

BACKUP

UCON3.2V

BACKUP

BACKUP

PDOWN

I/O1

GND

OE

VCC

RAS

A2

A3

A5

CAS

A1

I/O2

A6

I/O4

A8

A4

A9

WE

A7A0I/O3

AA.GND

AA.GND

AA.GND

AA.GND

AVCC

R OUT

L OUT

AD.GND

L IN
AA.GND
R IN

43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

51

5

4

2

13

3
2
1

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

82838485868788

81

SLOT1

SLOT2

SLOT3

SLOT4

L3DATA

A0

A1

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

10

26

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

52
51

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899

100

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BCLK

LRCK

1

1

2

3

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13

14

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

19 18 17 16

15

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

1
2
3
4

DIGIN

KDATA
MDDATA
DSTB
D.GND
D.GND

D.GND
DVDD

RAA0

RAA1

RAA6

RAA9

RAD3

RAWEX

XI

LRCK

BCLK

RSTX

SYD0

SYD1

SYD2

SYD3

SYD4

SYWRX

VBAT

FIN

EIN

BIN

AIN

X176KO

TEST2

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

2

2

2

3

3

2

2

2

3

1

CNP920

P57 12-C

TO MAIN PWB

CNP921

P56 1-B

TO

RELAY

PWB

MD MAIN PWB-J

MD SIGNAL

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4

1

28

1

28

CD SIGNAL
PLAYBACK SIGNAL

RECORD SIGNAL

C1616
100/10

L1600

1µH

430
0K

C1509

100P(CH)

C1506

100P(CH)

R1513

5.6K

R1511

5.6K

R1517

47

R1518

47

R1516

1.8K

R1528

1kohm at 100MHz

R1540
1kohm at 100MHz

R1515

1.8K

L1502

4.7µH

R1539

120

C1502

330P(CH)

C1501

1

C1503

0.33

L1501

1µH

R1521

120

C1507

0.047

R1527

47K

R1523

47K

R1520

47K

R1533

1K

R1534

1K

R1535

1K

R1536

1K

R1537

220

R1538

220

Q1501

UN2214

R1510

1K

C1505

0.047

R1526

6.8K

R1529

220

R1512

1kohm at 100MHz

R1524
1kohm at 100MHz

R1532

3.3K

L1554

0.47µH

L1552

0.47µH

L1551

0.47µH

CN1502

CW1502B

CW1502A

C1802

10

C1803
100/10

C1804

2.2

Q1806
UN221N

R1808

1.8K

Q1803

UN221N

Q1805

2SA1314 C

R1805
270

R1803

33K

R1802

56K

R1708

1K

Q1701

UN2213

R1712

27K

Q1702

2SA1162 G

R1714

12

R1711

12

C1714

1

C1805

1

IC1801

XC62EP32

REGULATOR

R1231

10K

C1230

1

R1230
10K

C1800

220/4

C1801

10

R1807

27K

R1809

1

R1806

1

Q1804

2SA1242 Y

R1804
390

R1811

1

IC1802

C1806

1

R1801

270

Q1800

UN2214

Q1801

2SA1162 G

Q1802

UN2214

C1411

0.022

R1443

1K

D1401

SB00703Q

R1440

100

C1409

1

R1444

10K

R1441

47K

IC1202

IX2474AF

4MBIT

D-RAM

C1203

1

L1202

0.47µH

Q1807

2SD601 AR

L1200

4.7µH

L1201

0.47µH

R1716

100K

IC1701

UDA1345

AD/DA CONVERTER

C1713

0.01

C1709

0.01

C1715

0.1

C1716

47/4

C1741

820P

R1710

330P
(CH)

C1712

10/16

C1710

10/16

C1711

47/4

C1708

0.01

R1707

330P
(CH)

C1706

0.01

C1705

0.1

C1700

47/4

C1701
47/4

L1701
10µH

L1702
10µH

R1705

820

C1707

1

IC1702

NJM431U

REGULATOR

R1703
1K

R1701

39K

R1702

30K

C1702

0.001
R1704

3.3K

C1750

820P

C1704

47/4

C1703

0.1

R1435

10K

CN1501

CW1501

R1210

220

C1202

1

R1211

220

C1206

0.1

R1212

47

C1210
22P
(CH)

C1207

1

R1215

1M

R1217
150

C1209

12P(CH)

C1208

12P(CH)

XL1201

33.8688MHz

R1222
47K

R1219

47K

R1221

47K

R1214

10K

C1232

0.001

R1209

100

R1232

12K

C1205

1

C1204

0.047

R1208

220

IC1201

LR37814

ENDEC/ATRAC

R

FL1501~FL1503:
EMI FILTER

IC1802

XC62FP26P

REGULATOR

Q1700

2SD601 AR

1

2

3

5

6

18

19

22

23

24

25

21

27

20

26

32

33

34

35

36

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 70 –

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

Figure 70 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (1/14)

SW705
OPEN/
CLOSE

BI740A

1

3

MOTOR PWB-B7

SWITCH PWB-B8

C715

BI740B

BI741

CNP933

TO MAIN PWB

CNS741

1

1

2

3

3

4

5

15

RD

RD

WHGYWH

GY

WH

GY

MO700
CONTROL
PANEL
MOTOR

C716

L702

L701

C704

C705

R749

R788

Q707

R748

C706

CNP701

BI705A

BI705B

RD

WH

RD

WH

R731

R730

DISPLAY PWB-B1

1

2

E

C

B

1

1

35

24

1

2

3

4

5

6

6

CNP935

CD-MD3000H

P75 1-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 1-A

CNS702

BI702

RD

GY

GY

GY

GY

GY

1

5

LCD720

R789

R790

LED737

LED735

LED738

12

LED A PWB-B2

TAPE MOTOR

1

234

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

+

SOLENOID

TAPE MECHANISM
PWB-H

CNP970

TO MAIN PWB

TO POWER PWB

FFC970

CNP101

1

12

TAPE MECHANISM ASSEMBLY

6

5

4

3

2

1

7
6
5
4
3

2
1

WH

BK

PK

BL

YL

YL
BK

BL

PK
BK

WH

WH

WH

RECORD/
PLAYBACK
HEAD

ERASE
HEAD

BK

6
5
4
3

2
1

PWB

TO MAIN PWB

CD-MD3000H

P74 4-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 4-A

CD-MD3000H

P74 5-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 5-A

CD-MD3000H

P79 7-G

CD-MD3000W

P81 7-G

– 71 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 71 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (2/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

R707

R708

SW730

CD1

PLAY

Q725

SW701
POWER

R701

R726

LED759

R710

SW731

CD2

PLAY

RX701

R711

R702

C708

LED758

SW721

CD2

EJECT

Q723

Q724

R703

SW720

CD1

EJECT

LED755

LED756

LED757

SW734

CD5

PLAY

SW723

CD4

EJECT

R721

SW733

CD4

PLAY

SW722

CD3

EJECT

SW732

CD3

PLAY

R750

C709

R747

BI720

C707

C703

R713

R791

LED731

R714

R715

R792

CNP721

Q721

IC702

LED754

Q720

R704

SW725

CD6

EJECT

SW735

CD6

PLAY

SW724

CD5

EJECT

R736

R728

Q722

SW711

VOLUME

DOWN

R733

SW712

VOLUME

UP

R705

R729

R723

R706

SW710

PANEL
OPEN/
CLOSE

R735

R712

R720

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

ORANGE

YL

YELLOW

GR

GREEN

BL

BLUE

VL

VIOLET

GY

GRAY

WH(W) WHITE

BK

BLACK

PK

PINK

CD SWITCH
PWB-B3

MD SWITCH PWB-B10

CNP931

CNS720

12

3

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

1

11

RD

RD

WH

WH

RD

WH

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

5

9

10

15

18

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2
3

1
2
3

456

BI722B

BI722A

2

2

1

1

SW780

MD

EJECT

R764

SW758

PLAY

R781

R777

R773

R778

R785

LED786

LED772

LED773

SW750

HIGH/

NORMAL

R752

SW751

RECORD

MODE

R755

R774

R782

SW753

FAST

REVERSE

SW752

AUTO

MARKER

SW781
CD/MD

R758

LED775

LED774

LED770

R769

SW764

MD

SW763

CD

SW762

TUNER

SW761

TAPE

SW760

AUX

R765

R759

R770

R756

R753

R787

R780

R776

R772

Q708

R761

BI772

BI771A

BI773

SW755

TAPE

RECORD

SW756

PLAY/

PAUSE

SW767
TRACK

EDIT

SW782

MD

RECORD

CONTROL PWB-B4

CNS772

CNS773

CNP775

1

122

12

3

456

RD

WH

RD

WH

WH

WH

RD

GY

WH

GY

GY

WH

SW757

STOP

3
2

2

1

1

4

1

1

6

R767

SW754

FAST

FORWARD

R754

SW783

PLAY

MODE

C712

R775

C713

R757

SW772

EQUALIZER

MODE

R760

SW773
X-BASS

BI770

BI771B

R771

R766

SW774

DISPLAY/

CHARACTER

JOG701

JOG DIAL

SW776

NAME

TOC EDIT

SW775

MENU

R783

R779

SW778
ENTER

SW777

DELETE

JOG PWB-B5

CNP934

CNS770

1234

5

67

WH

RD

GY

RD

WH

WHGYWHGYWH

GY

4

1

1

7

LED B PWB-B6

C711

C710

JK701

HEADPHONES

RA710

L705

RA711

BI730

1

HEADPHONES
PWB-B9

TO POWER

PWB

CNP207

CNS730

1

2

3

4

4

WH

GY

WH

RD

CD-MD3000H

P74 2-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 2-A

TO MAIN PWB

CD-MD3000H

P79 7-C

CD-MD3000W

P81 7-C

WHWHWH

WH

WHWHWH

WH

WH

CD-MD3000H

P74 3-A

CD-MD3000W

P76 3-A

TO MAIN
PWB

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 72 –

Figure 72 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (3/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

• The numbers 1 to 17 are waveform numbers shown in page 85.

CNP7

C44

R48

CNP5

L7

C47

Q4

C15

R50

R49

C45

C67

C48

IC5

CNP6

R76

R75

C50

C49

CNP1

Q5

Q3

DZ2

R38

CORE1

CORE2

C38

L1

R6

C31

R14

C1

L2

C64

C5

C6

C16

X1

C4

C65

C19

C7

C17

C18

C68

C40

C22

C41

C30

C51

R27

R80

Q1

DZ1

CNP4

CNP2

CNP3

4
3
2
1

B C E

B C E

E C B

4 3 2 1

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

113 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33

33

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17
18
19

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

1

5

10

15
1617

20

25

30

32

33

35

40

45

48

49

50

55

60

64

4

1

FW3

CNP901

CD-MD3000H: P74 6-H

CD-MD3000W: P76 6-H

FFC901

5

10

CD PWB-C

B
C
E

R71

R72

R74

R73

C46

C27

R46

R47

R77

R45

R78

TP8

TP14

C42

TE

R44

R43

IC6

R53

R51

R54

C32

C43

R55

R56

R57

C33

C60

C59

C58

R41

R37

R35

C34

C36

C20

TP6

C39

R36

R39

R32

R15

R40

C23

R25

R79

R81

C26

R28

R29

R30

C29

C24

RF

R31

DATA

R42

1

TP5

C13

FE

CLCK

TP9

IC2

C21

R21

C8

BI11

CD-MD3000H

P75 10-H

CD-MD3000W

P77 10-H

TO MAIN PWB

CNP975

6

1

R13

C2

R19

R17

TP7

C11

R10

R12

C12

C10

C14

TP10

R18

R11

R9

R16

C28

R7

R8

R92

C91

C37

C92

R91

C3

C93

C94

C95

C97

C98

C96

C99

C25

12

13

15

5

7

8

10

IC7

1

14

20

24

CNP925

CAM
SWITCH
PWB-G

SWB103

DISC DETECT3

SWB102

DISC DETECT2

SWB101

DISC DETECT1

4

1

8

CNP921

TO MAIN PWB

13

12 5 7 6

16

17

1

11

4

15

14

2

3

8
9

10

BKWHBKWHPK

YL

BKWHBK

WH

PK

YL

CNS11B CNS11A

2

1

214

3

RELAY
PWB-A2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

P82 6-C

FROM

MD MAIN PWB

CW1502B

– 73 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 73 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (4/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

TRAY SWITCH
PWB-F

1

1

8

8

FW2

SWB104

MODE1

SWB105

MODE2

SWB106

MODE3

SWB107

MODE4

SWB108

MODE5

SWB109
TRAY1

SWB110
TRAY2

PICKUP UNIT

CD MOTOR PWB-E

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

4
3
2
1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

RD
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY

RD
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH

1
2
3
4
5
6

1
2
3
4
5
6

BL
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BR
RD
OR
YL

CNS6A

CNS4

CNS6B

CNS5A CNS5B

CNS7A CNS7B

BR

COLOR TABLE

RD(R)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W)

BK
PK

BROWN

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY
WHITE
BLACK

PINK

NM1
SPINDLE
MOTOR

NSW1
PICKUP IN

CNP6A

1
2
3

4

5
6

NM2
SLED
MOTOR

+

-

+

-

MOB2

TRAY MOTOR

MOB1

MAIN CAM MOTOR

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 74 –

Figure 74 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (5/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

CD-MD3000H

R972

R1099

R960

C964

R968

R969

R970

R989

R982

R1068

CNP901

R999

R916

C1003

Q50

9

R501

R901

R903

R902

C1006

IC913

D952

R908

R906

R905

R915

R914

R917

R1008

R934

CNP935

R991

X901

X902

R966

R965

R946

R954

R953

C901

D907

L901

R995

R948

R947

D906

C905

C952

IC905

R1003

C907

CNP933

R768

R1013

C714

C955

C956

Q905

C913

D910

R1141

L910

C912

Q907

Q908

Q909

Q906

R1105A

BI950

CNP970

R1133

Q901

C903

C951

D905

D902

D901

CNP934

CNP931

R1077

R1078

IC701

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

579

111315

171921232527

29

31

33

46810121416182022242628

3032

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

FFC901

1

12

FFC970

MAIN PWB-A1

P79 12-E

P70 5-F

TO POWER PWB

R1028

R1095

R1097

R928

R997

R996

R998

R1094

R977

R1093

R949

R1092

R1084

R1085

R1086

R1087

R1088

R1089

R1090

R981

R979

R978

R994

R990

R980

R988

R987

R986

R985

R984

R992

R993

R1118A

R974

R1119A

R927

R945

R967

R971

R959

R958

R963

R1058

R1040

R962

R1121

R1057

R1069

R1056

R957

R956

R955

C917

R943

R944

C916

C943

R1124A

R941

C941

C942

C902

R936

R935

R933

R932

R1017

R1016

IC901

R921

R920

R919

C914

R918

R1007

R910

R911

R912

R913

R907

R1031

R1024

R904

C1005

C1004

C5

0

R1109

R1032

C958

R1052

R1012

C970

R1014

R1027

C950

C957

R1015

R1048

R1026

IC912

R1050

R762

R1023

R1011

R763

C995

C936

R1035

C906

R1036

R1002

C999

R1053

R1054

C945

R1022

R1046

R1044

R1066

R1065

R1079

R1080

C904

R1001

R1107

R1106

R1108

R1075

R900

R1043

R1039

R1041

R1042

R1112

R1062

R1055

R1060

R976

R1051

2

345

1

2

3

1

789 6

2

3

1

1 2 3

1 2 3
1
2
3

B
C
E

E
C
B

1

100

81

80

85

90

95

75

70

65

55

60

51

50

45

40

35

31

30

25

20

15

10

5

10

11

12

10 11

8 6 4 2

9 7 5 3 1

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

5

9

10

15

18

2

3 1

CNS702

FROM DISPLAY PWB

CNS770

FROM JOG PWB

CNS720

FROM

CD SWITCH PWB

CNP741

CNP807

CNP1

P70 2-E

P71 10-E

P70 6-C

P71 11-E

FROM MOTOR PWB

P72 3-A
TO CD PWB

C

C998

R1120A

R1074

13 12 11 10

B1922B

CNP920

1

3

1

28

CW1501

CN1501

TO MD PWB
P82 3-A

1

35

24

BK
WH

678

9

1011121314151617181920212223242526

27

28

R1145

D911

E
C
B

B
C
E

Q952

Q953

TO TAPE

MECHANISM PWB

– 75 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 75 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (6/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

C566

C528

Q508

Q504

Q503

C524

C527

IC502

IC921

C530

C518

C520

C536

Q507

C550

C523

C551

C517

C519

C975

L502

D508

D507

C574

L501

C573

C565

C508

C506

C507

R360

C521

D352

C525

C515

C511

1

C513

C522

C509

R525

R524

R399

Q371

QT21

RT32

CT24

CT23

CT21

RT36

RT37

RT28

RT26

CT29

CT27

RT35

CT28

XT21

DT31

RT39

C563

R526

C529

C516

C514

C512

C526

C510

C503

Q502

Q509

R502

Q501

R501

C372

DZ351

C371

C396

Q351

R392

R391

C357

C370

C358

X351

CF351

C398

C368

IC303

ICT21

CF352

C352

T351

L352

LT22

LT21

C362

R351

L342

CF302

Q360

R336

C391

R369

R346

Q301

CF301

R382

L351

R347

R348

R344

R349

R345

IC302

C321

C393

C380

C394

D305

D312

D306

D311

D304

D303

D302

D301

T302

L341

C331

VD301

T306

VR351

L353

L354

C364

R370

C367

BI940

BI960

8

8

8

5

5

4

1

1

1

12

3
2

1
3
2
1

1
2
3

3
2
1

B
C
E

TP302

13

5

33

246

B C E

E C B

1 2 3

24

5

10

10

12

13

15

20

E C B

R-CH

JK501
AUX IN

L-CH

UNA901

DIGITAL

INPUT

CNP806

TO POWER PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

BR

COLOR TABLE

RD(R)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL
GY

WH(W)

BK
PK

BROWN

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY
WHITE
BLACK

PINK

15

1413121110

9876

54321

C319

C976

C972

C974

L911

C979

C977

C971

R537

R533

R1134

R1067

R1083

R1135

R541

C531

C533

R551

R539

IC503

IC501

C537

C535

R542

C534

C532

R538

R540

R534

R535

R536

R512

R517

R1098

R507

R582

R1097

C501

R503

R504

C502

R528

R516

R515

R1096

R544

R527

R530

C564

R529

R395

R376

C386

R371

R372

C312

R591

R420

R1122A

ZD502

R522

R523

R373

R374

C381

R547

C541

C562

R549

R548

C540

R550

C599

C301

C384

C397

C392

R380

C390

R379

R381

C345

R393

R377

C385

C347

C346

R384

R385

R383

C341

C320

C361

C351

C350

R352

C353

C363

C365

C366

C354

C399

R353

C356

R354

R359

R355

R389

R357

C395

C373

C374

CT37

CT36

CT22

RT33

RT30

RT29

CT26

RT34

R361

R363

R364

R362

R356

R350

C343

R358

C342

C337

C332

C323

C338

C330

C339

C335

C334

R323

R513

R511

R532

R552

R531

C389

C302

C310

R592

C382

C355

C311

R543

R378

C387

3
2
1

1
2
3

1

2

3

2

3451789 6

12 11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

22 23 242120

CT25

2 3 4 51 7 8 96

1211

10

131415

17

1819 16

222324 21 20

2

3451789 6

2

3

4

5178

6

12

11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

222120

WHGYWHGYWHGYWH

RD

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CNP102

CNS940

CNP975

P79 12-G
TO POWER PWB

FROM CD PWB

P72 2-G

C598

C597

L912

R514

7

14

ZD902

1

5

7

8

10

14

CNP301

AM LOOP
ANTENNA

2
1

2
1

SO301

FM
ANTENNA
TERMINAL

3 2 1E C B

B
C
E

FE301

C973

1
2
3

CNS11B

T312

B1922A

1

3

BK

WH

X352

P79 12-D

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 76 –

Figure 76 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (7/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

CD-MD3000W

R972

R1099

R960

C964

R968

R969

R970

R989

R982

R1068

CNP901

R999

R916

C1003

B1922B

Q50

9

R501

R901

R903

R902

C1006

IC913

D952

R908

R906

R905

R915

R914

R917

R1008

R934

R1033

CNP935

R991

X901

X902

R966

R965

R946

R954

R953

C901

D907

L901

R995

R948

R947

D906

C905

C952

IC905

R1003

C907

CNP933

R1013

C714

C955

C956

Q905

C913

D910

R1141

L910

C912

Q907

Q908

Q909

Q906

R1105A

BI950

CNP970

R1133

Q901

C903

C951

D905

D902

D901

CNP934

CNP931

CNP920

R1077

R1078

R1145

R1069

R1120A

R1074

IC701

D951

D911

1

3

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

3

579

111315

171921232527

29

31

33

46810121416182022242628

3032

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

E

1

FFC901

1

12

FFC970

MAIN PWB-A1

P81 12-E

P70 5-F

TO POWER PWB

R1028

R1095

R1097

R928

R997

R996

R998

R1094

R977

R1093

R949

R1092

R1084

R1085

R1086

R1087

R1088

R1089

R1090

R981

R979

R978

R994

R990

R980

R988

R987

R986

R985

R984

R992

R993

R1118A

R974

R1119A

R927

R945

R967

R971

R959

R958

R963

R1075

R1058

R1040

R1041

R1042

R1039

R1043

R962

R1121

R1062

R1112

R1057

R1056

R900

R957

R956

R955

C917

R943

R944

C916

C943

R1124A

R941

C941

C942

C902

R936

R935

R933

R932

R1017

R1016

IC901

R921

R920

R919

C914

R918

R1007

R910

R911

R912

R913

R907

R1031

R1024

R904

C1005

C1004

C5

0

R1109

R1032

C958

R1052

R1012

C970

R1014

R1027

C950

C957

R1015

R1048

R1026

IC912

R1050

R762

R1023

R1011

R763

C995

C936

R1035

C906

R1036

R1002

C999

R1053

R1054

C945

R1022

R1046

R1044

R1066

R1065

R1079

R1080

C904

R1001

R1107

R1106

R1108

R1055

R1060

R976

R1051

2

345

1

2

3

1

789 6

2

3

1

1 2 3

1 2 3
1
2
3

B
C
E

E
C
B

E
C
B

B
C
E

1

100

81

80

85

90

95

75

70

65

55

60

51

50

45

40

35

31

30

25

20

15

10

5

10

11

12

10 11

8 6 4 2

9 7 5 3 1

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

5

9

10

15

18

2

3 1

CNS702

FROM DISPLAY PWB

CNS770

FROM JOG PWB

CNS720

FROM

CD SWITCH PWB

CNP741

TO TAPE

MECHANISM PWB

CNP807

CNP1

P70 2-E

P71 10-D

P70 6-C

P71 11-E

FROM MOTOR PWB

P72 3-A
TO CD PWB

1

28

CW1501

CN1501

TO MD PWB
P82 3-A

C

1

35

24

BK

WH

678

9

1011121314151617181920212223242526

27

28

13 12 11 10

Q952

Q953

C998

– 77 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 77 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (8/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

1003

C566

C528

Q508

B1922A

Q504

Q503

C524

C527

IC502

IC921

C530

C518

C520

C536

Q507

C550

C523

C551

C517

C519

C975

X352

L502

D508

D507

C574

L501

C573

C565

C508

C506

C507

R360

C521

D352

C525

C515

C511

1

C513

C522

C509

R525

R524

R399

Q371

C563

R526

C529

C516

C514

C512

C526

C510

C503

Q502

Q509

R502

Q501

R501

C372

DZ351

C371

C396

Q351

R392

R391

C357

C370

C358

X351

CF351

C398

C368

IC303

CF352

C352

T351

L352

C362

R351

L342

CF302

Q360

R336

C391

R369

R382

L351

R345

IC302

C321

C393

C380

C394

D305

D312

D306

D311

D304

D303

D302

D301

T302

C331

VD301

T306

VR351

L353

C364

R370

C367

BI940

BI960

8

8

8

5

5

4

1

1

1

12

3
2

1
3
2
1

1
2
3

3
2
1

B
C
E

13

57

33

246

B C E

E C B

1 2 3

24

5

10

10

12

13

15

20

E C B

R-CH

JK501
AUX IN

L-CH

UNA901
DIGITAL

INPUT

CNP806

TO POWER PWB

FM MUTE
LEVEL

BR

COLOR TABLE

RD(R)

OR

YL

GR

BL
VL

GY

WH(W)

BK
PK

BROWN

RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

VIOLET

GRAY

WHITE

BLACK

PINK

15

1413121110

9876

54321

1

3

P81 12-C

C319

C976

C972

C974

L911

C979

C977

C971

R537

R533

R1134

R1083

R1135

R1067

R541

C531

C533

R551

R539

IC503

IC501

C537

C535

R542

C534

C532

R538

R540

R534

R535

R536

R512

R517

R1098

R507

R582

R1097

C501

R503

R504

C502

R528

R516

R515

R1096

R544

R527

R530

C564

R529

R395

R376

C386

R371

R372

C312

R591

R420

R1122A

ZD502

ZD902

R522

R523

R373

R374

C381

R547

C541

C562

R549

R548

C540

R550

C599

C301

C384

C397

C392

R380

C390

R379

R381

C345

R393

R377

C385

C347

C346

R384

R385

R383

C341

C320

C361

C351

C350

R352

C353

C363

C365

C366

C354

C399

R353

TP302

C356

R354

R359

R355

R389

R357

C395

C373

C374

R361

R363

R364

R362

R356

R350

C343

R358

C342

C337

C332

C323

C338

C330

C339

C335

C334

R323

R513

R511

R532

R552

R531

C389

C302

C310

R592

C382

C355

C311

R543

R378

C387

3
2
1

1
2
3

1

2

3

2

3451789 6

12 11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

22 23 242120

2

3451789 6

12

11 10

13 14 15 17 18 1916

222120

WHGYWHGYWHGYWH

RD

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

CNP102

CNS11B

CNS940

CNP975

P81 12-G
TO POWER PWB

FROM CD PWB

C598

C597

L912

R514

7

14

1

5

7

8

10

14

C973

1
2
3

CNP301

FM/AM
ANTENNA

3
2
1

AM

GND

FM

P72 2-G

BK

WH

VD303

Q302

R327

T312

R314

D310

VD302

BF301

R302

T311

IC301

B
C
E

C316

C309

R311

R313

C314

C315

C327

R322

C318

C313

C324

C326

C325

C305

C304

C303

C317

R325

C308

L312

2

345

1

2

3

1

7

8

9

6

C306

SW901

SPAN

SELECTOR

50/9

100/10

R309

SW901

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 78 –

Figure 78 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (9/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

CD-MD3000H

L203

L201

BI201B

L204

L202

R-CH GND

GND GND

GNDR-CH

L-CH L-CH

SO201

SPEAKER TERMINALS

MAIN MAINSUB WOOFER

SPEAKER
PWB-D3

WH

WH

GY

GYWHWH

GY

RD

1

8

C836

CNP801

BI808

C834

C828

C829

C835

D812

D813

R835

C823

C824

C825

R814

C831

CNP803

CNP802

D807

D811

D810

C827

C826

D806

D805

D804

D809

D808

BI804

R834

C833

D816

C832

D817

Q807

RY801

D819

R815

R289

R287

R285

R292

R288

R286

R290

R291

D818

C830

D814

D815

D802

AC POWER SUPPLY CORD
AC230V, 50Hz

BLUE

BROWN

1

2

1

2

BL

RD

15

RDWHGY

GY

WH

RD

WH

GY

GY

WH

5

4

3
2
1

CNS808

1
2
3

4
5

1

2345

YL

ORORYL

BK

BK

BL

BL

BL

RD

RD

RD

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFORMER

1

1

8

6

2
3
4
5

8

7

RD

WH

WH

WH

GY

GY

WH

GY

CNS804

SUB TRANS
PWB-D2

L802

LINE FILTER

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

BCE

IC808

F806

T3.15A L 250V

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F804

T5A L 250V

F807

T3.15A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

F808

T2A L 250V

F801

T2A L 250V

F802

T2.5A L 250V

5
4
3
2
1

1
2

3
4
5

1

2

3

C271

C282

C277

C280

C267

C279

C263

C278

C281

C259

C273

C265

C268

C274

C270

C272

C260

C266

C262

C264

C261

C269

(243) (243)

When Servicing, pay attention as the
area enclosed by this line ( ) is
directly connected with AC main voltage.

BLUE - BROWN : QACCB0011AW00
BLUE - BROWN : QACCE0010AW00

– 79 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 79 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (10/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

D203

D206

Q207

Q208

R280

R254

C256

Q211

R251

R213

C257

R267

R284

R269

R268

D208

R270

C246

R272

R276

CNP203

BI201A

C255

R271

R266

C252

R275

R273

C245

C244

R274

D210

R265
RY201

D207

C243

Q209

R263

R264

R256

R249

R260

R250

R255
R259

R257

C235

C239

R247

Q203

IC202

RY202

C240

R248

C236

Q204

R258

D204

R234

C222

C226

R233

C221

R237

R253

C233

C225

C228

R243

R245

R202

C204

C231

R215

R244

FR251

C232

C238

C237

FR252

R246

C241

C242

C234

R238

D201

R216

R201

C201

R203

C209

C203

C249

C229

R277

R239

C219

R235

R221

C213

R217

C217

R227
C211

C207

CNP806

R211

C248

C247

R236

IC203

R212

C218

R222

C212

C214

C220

R218

R240

C250

C220

C208

C230

R242

C223

C210

FR213

C202

FR214

R204

IC201

C224

C840

C802

C253

R261

C807

R223

R231

R209

C215

C811

C801

C205

Q201

R219

R225

R205

R229

R220

R226

D202

Q202

C216

C206

R206

R210

R232

R224

R262

C254

C814

C815

C837

R230

R821

R820

Q810

IC803

Q801

C818

Q803

R836

C839

Q805

DZ804

R822

R804

R809

R808

R802

RP807

R803

R807

IC802

Q809

CNP207

C816

C838

LED801

CNP805

C810

R806

Q200

C200

R281

C822

C844

C821

DZ803

C820

R813

R830

R147

Q806

C819

R278

C251

Q206

Q205

D205

CNP807

R138

R120

C121

C130

C132

C126

R128

R136

C125

C131

C120

R132

C138

C124

C127

R134

C122

R129

R155

R144

Q119

C141

C140

R126

R150

R156

R154

R124

Q120

R130

DZ201

R104

C258

CNP102

CNP204

R200

Q212

R299

Q210

R283

R207

R153

Q114

C123

R135

C129

R131

R127

R137

R133

Q115

R149

R125

R117

C116

C118

CNP101

C102

C105

R105

R116

C104

C108

R114

C110

R118

IC101

R109

C112

C106

C111

C119

R121

C113

C107

R119

C109

Q102

R115

C101

R143

R102

R103

R101

Q101

C103

C134

C133

C137

R141

R148

C135

R139

Q116

L104

IC102

POWER PWB-D1

BI960

1
2
3

4

5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

TO

MAIN PWB

BI950

1

2

3

4

5

6

7
8

9
10
11
12
13

TO

MAIN PWB

1

1

2

2

1
2

3

4

5
6
7
8

CNS200

RD
BR

MO200

FAN MOTOR

FROM

MAIN PWB

CNS940

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

E
C
B

E

C

B

CNS730

FROM

HEADPHONES PWB

1

8

RD

WH

WH
GY
WH

GY

WH

GY

5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1

4
3
2
1

E

E

C

CBB

E

CB

E

C

B

E

C

B

E

E

C

B

E
C

C

B

B

E

C

B

ECB

1

5

10

15

1

5

15

4

58

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

E

C

B

E

E

E

C
C

C

B

B

B

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

E

ECC

B

B

EC

B

ECB

ECB

123

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1

5

10 12

13

15

20

24

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

ORANGE

YL

YELLOW

GR

GREEN

BL

BLUE

VL

VIOLET

GY

GRAY

WH(W) WHITE

BK

BLACK

PK

PINK

P71 12-E

231

6

7

P75 8-A

P74 6-A

P75 8-H

3
2
1

10

R298
R297

Q812

1
2
3

Q813

1
2

3

FROM

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY

(HEAD PLATE BLOCK)

RP805

RP801

RP803

C817

P70 4-G

R241

C227

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 80 –

Figure 80 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (11/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

CD-MD3000W

L203

L201

BI201B

L204

L202

R-CH GND

GND GND

GNDR-CH

L-CH L-CH

SO201

SPEAKER TERMINALS

MAIN MAINSUB WOOFER

SPEAKER
PWB-D3

WH

WH

GY

GYWHWH

GY

RD

1

8

SUB TRANS
PWB-D2

C836

CNP801

BI808

C834

C828

C829

C835

D812

D813

R835

C823

C824

C825

R814

C831

CNP803

CNP802

D807

D811

D810

C827

C826

D806

D805

D804

D809

D808

BI804

R834

C833

D816

C832

D817

Q807

RY801

D819

R815

D818

C830

D814

D815

D802

AC POWER SUPPLY CORD
AC 110V,127V,220V,230-240V,
50/60Hz

WHITE

BLACK

1

2

15

RDWHGY

GY

WH

RD

WH

GY

GY

WH

5
4
3
2
1

CNS808

1

2

3
4
5

1

2345

YL

ORORYL

BK

BK

BL

BL

RD

RD

T801

MAIN POWER

TRANSFORMER

1

1

8

6

2
3
4

5

8

7

RD
WH

WH

WH

GY

GY

WH

GY

CNS804

L802

LINE FILTER

SO801

VOLTAGE

SELECTOR

T802

SUB POWER

TRANSFORMER

B

C

E

IC808

F806

T3.15A L 250V

F805

T3.15A L 250V

F804

T5A L 250V

F803

T5A L 250V

F808

T2A L 250V

F801

T2A L 250V

F802

T2.5A L 250V

5

4

3
2
1

1
2

3
4
5

1

2

3

127V 110V

220V 230-240V

3

4

5

(243)

(243)

1
2
3
4
5

OR
WH
RD
BR
BL

WH
RD

OR

BR
BL

– 81 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 81 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (12/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

D203

D206

Q207

Q208

R280

R254

C256

Q211

R251

R213

C257

R267

R284

R269

R268

D208

R270

C246

R272

R276

CNP203

BI201A

C255

R271

R266

C252

R275

R273

C245

C244

R274

D210

R265
RY201

D207

C243

Q209

R263

R264

R256

R249

R260

R250

R255

R259

R257

C235

C239

R247

Q203

IC202

RY202

C240

R248

C236

Q204

R258

D204

R234

C222

C226

R233

C221

R237

R253

C233

C225

C228

R243

R245

R202

C204

C231

R215

R244

FR251

C232

C238

C237

FR252

R246

C241

C242

C234

R238

D201

R216

R201

C201

R203

C209

C203

C249

C229

R277

R239

C219

R235

R221

C213

R217

C217

R227
C211

C207

CNP806

R211

C248

C247

R236

IC203

R212

C218

R222

C212

C214

C220

R218

R240

C250

C220

C208

C230

R242

C223

C210

FR213

C202

FR214

R204

IC201

C224

C840

C802

C253

R261

C807

R223

R231

R209

C215

C811

C801

C205

Q201

R219

R225

R205

R229

R220

R226

D202

Q202

C216

C206

R206

R210

R232

R224

R262

C254

C814

C815

C837

R230

R821

R820

Q810

IC803

Q801

C818

Q803

R836

C839

Q805

DZ804

R822

R804

R809

R808

R802

RP807

R803

R807

IC802

Q809

CNP207

C816

C838

LED801

CNP805

C810

R806

Q200

C200

R252

R295

R208

C822

C844

C821

DZ803

C820

R813

R830

R147

Q806

C819

R278

C251

Q206

Q205

D205

CNP807

R138

R120

C121

C130

C132

C126

R128

R136

C125

C131

C120

R132

C138

C124

C127

R134

C122

R129

R155

R144

Q119

C141

C140

R126

R150

R156

R154

R124

Q120

R130

DZ201

R104

C258

CNP102

CNP205

R200

Q212

R299

Q210

R283

R296

R214

R207

R153

Q114

C123

R135

C129

R131

R127

R137

R133

Q115

Q813

Q812

R149

R125

R117

C116

C118

CNP101

C102

C105

R105

R116

C104

C108

R114

C110

R118

IC101

R109

C112

C106

C111

C119

R121

C113

C107

R119

C109

Q102

R115

C101

R143

R102

R103

R101

Q101

C103

C134

C133

C137

R141

R148

C135

R139

Q116

L104

IC102

POWER PWB-D1

BI960

1

2
3
4

5

6

7

8

9

10
11
12
13
14
15

TO

MAIN PWB

BI950

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11
12
13

TO

MAIN PWB

1

1

2

2

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8

CNS205

RD

BR

MO201

FAN MOTOR

FROM

MAIN PWB

CNS940

7
6
5
4
3
2
1

E
C
B

CNS730

FROM

HEADPHONES PWB

1

8

RD

WH

WH
GY
WH

GY

WH

GY

5
4
3
2
1

3
2
1

4
3
2
1

E

E

C

CBB

E

CB

E

C

B

E

C

B

E

E

C

B

E
C

C

B

B

E

C

B

E

C

B

1

5

10

15

1

5

15

4

58

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

E

C

B

E

E

E

C
C

C

B

B

B

E

1

1

1

C

2

2

2

B

3

3

3

E

ECC

B

B

EC

B

ECB

ECB

123

1
2

3

4

5
6
7
8
9

1

5

10 12

13

15

20

24

COLOR TABLE

BR BROWN

RD(R) RED

OR

ORANGE

YL

YELLOW

GR

GREEN

BL

BLUE

VL

VIOLET

GY

GRAY

WH(W) WHITE

BK

BLACK

PK

PINK

P71 12-E

231

6

7

P77 8-A

P76 6-A

P77 8-H

3
2
1

10

R298

R297

3

2

1

3

2

1

FROM

TAPE MECHANISM

ASSEMBLY

(HEAD PLATE BLOCK)

RP805

RP801

RP803

C817

CNP204

1

2

1
2

CNS200

RD
BR

MO200

FAN MOTOR

P70 4-G

R241

C227

E
C
B

E

C

B

Q215

C842

R800

3

2

1

Q811

D821

DZ299

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 82 –

Figure 82 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (13/14)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

1

23456

CN1101

IC1202

IC1201

IC1601

CN1401

IC1701

IC1401

C1100

R1101

R1210

R1207

R1206

C1610

R1624
C1655

CN1402

R1222
R1221

C1207

R1214

R1219

C1211

C1201

C1266

C1204

R1208

C1205

R1209

C1107

R1461

R1430

R1124

IC1802

C1806

C1403

R1418

C1407

C1203

R1100

C1200

C1209

R1217

R1215

C1208

R1441

R1211

R1123

R1122

R1125

R1406

R1408

C1405

C1406

R1417

R1415

IC1402

R1460

R1463

R1105

Q1804

C1801

R1809

C1805

C1404

R1414

C1703

C1750

C1709

C1502

C1708

R1707

C1402

FL1501

FL1502

FL1503

CN1502

C1715

R1710

C1741

C1705

R1540

R1518

R1524

R1528

L1502

R1539

R1521

L1501

C1713

R1517

C1804

R1811

R1538

CN1501

R1537

R1536

R1535

R1534

R1533

R1532

R1510

R1523

R1520

R1527

C1507

R1512

R1529

R1526

R1807

R1804

IC1801

CN1300

C1300

IC1301

D1300

R1301

C1301

IC1302

R1300

R1701

R1702

C1505

1

5

10

40

42

35

1

5

6

10

11 15

16 20

30

25

15

20

21

22

1

5

10

15

20

25

26

30 35 40 45

50

51

55

60

65

70

75

76

80859085

100

1

510152025

30

31

35

40

45

50

51

55

60

65 75

80

81

85

90

95

100

70

1

5

10

1415

20

25

28

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

5

5

4

5

8

12

1

1

45

8

34

5

28

1

4

1

1

28

1

5

6

1

1

3

1234

1234

2

1

5

6

1

1

5

TO MAIN PWB

CNP920

128

CW1501

MD MAIN PWB-J
(BOTTOM VIEW)

CW1932

CW1931

2

3

4

5

1

7

8

9

6

12

13

14

15

11

17

18

10

16

22

23

24

25

21

27

28

29

20

26

32

33

34

35

36

31

30

CD-MD3000H

P74 3 - H

CD-MD3000W

P76 3 - H

1

28

TP1531

TP1530

TP1532

TP1526

TP1525

TP1524

TP1522

TP1523

TP1520

TP1519

TP1521

TP1533

TP1410

TP1518

TP1513

TP1517

TP1514

TP1515

TP1501

TP1502

TP1516

TP1508

TP1606

TP1504

TP1503

TP1506

TP1505

TP1507

TP1509

TP1512

TP1511

TP1510

TP1705

TP1703

TP1414

TP1704

TP1706

TP1300

TP1422

TP1301

TP1543

TP1702

TP1701

TP1330

TP1402

TP1403

TP1415

TP1401

TP1421

TP1451

TP1303

TP1302

TP1250

TP1116

TP1607

TP1630

TP1123

TP1120

TP1121

TP1122

CK2

TP1600

TP1400

TP1214

TP1206

TP1210

TP1208

TP1205

TP1603

TP1602

TP1130

TP1111

TP1107

TP1131

TP1136

TP1203

TP1115

TP1104

TP1200

TP1110

TP1109

TP1106

TP1102

TP1100

TP1101

TP1119

TP1108

TP1105

TP1103

TP1117

CK3

TP1135

TP1133

TP1202

TP1201

TP1251

TP1252

TP1112

TP1254

TP1253

TP1118

TP1404

TP1409

TP1213

TP1211

TP1601

TP1212

TP1207

TP1209

TP1215

TP1217

TP1204

CK1

TP1216

TP1408

TP1423

TP1407

TP1406

TP1218

CK28

CK29

TP1413

CK30

TP1412

TP1411

TP1700

TP1604

TP1605

TP1542

TP1541

CK27

CK26

CK25

TP1113

TP1420

TP1405

TP1800

WHPKBK

YL

WHPKBK

YL

CNP921

P72 2 - H

TO RELAY PWB

CW1502A

CW1502B

TP1801

1

2

BK

BK

MAGNETIC HEAD(34)

(RECORD)

6

1

– 83 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

Figure 83 WIRING SIDE OF P.W.BOARD (14/14)

7

8 9 10 11 12

• The numbers 1 to 36 are waveform numbers shown in page 86 and 87.

: Through-hole where the top and bottom patterns are connected.

C1616

XL1201

IC1101

L1552

L1554

L1551

C1706

C1707

Q1701

R1708

R1516
R1513

Q1805

Q1700

R1705

C1304

C1302

R1612

IC1702

C1702

L1701

D1401

R1801

IC1300

C1303

Q1807

R1401

R1435

R1443

C1411

C1409

R1444

Q1802

R1806

Q1402

Q1403

R1405

R1440

L1600

R1212

C1232

C1607

R1606

C1604

C1603

R1605

R1601

C1602

R1202

R1203

R1204

R1205

L1201

C1202

R1102

L1100

R1118

R1113

R1111

R1263

R1120

R1121

C1124

C1112

C1114

R1600

R1617

C1612

C1611

R1616

C1601

C1613

C1615

R1618

C1230

R1231

R1230

L1200

C1119

C1121

R1119

C1118

C1115

C1117

C1116

C1111

C1110

C1113

R1114

R1110

R1112

R1115

R1116

R1117

C1122

C1123

L1101

C1125

C1264

C1265

C1263

R1262

R1264

R1265

C1261

C1262

R1261

L1202

R1200

R1201

R1266

R1232

C1210

C1206

C1619

R1620

R1621

R1623

R1622

D1402

R1403

R1420

R1424

Q1806

R1407

R1614

R1304

Q1801

Q1800

Q1501

C1802

R1808

R1802

R1803

R1805

Q1803

C1501

R1716

C1714

R1714

R1711

R1712

C1716

C1711

C1700

C1710

C1704

C1712

L1702

R1703

C1803

C1800

C1606

L1300

C1701

R1704

Q1702

C1503

C1506

C1509

R1515

R1511

1

5

10

12

13

1520

30

35

36

37

40 45

48

24

25

1

5

7

8

10

14

3

2

1

MD MAIN PWB-J

(TOP VIEW)

CN1932

SW1936
LEAD IN

MD MECHANISM

SWITCH PWB-K1

M902

MD SLED

MOTOR

OR

BL

1

6

BKRD

TP1975

SW1931

DISC MEDIA

SW1930
WRITE PRO

R1931

R1930

R1933

R1932

CN1931

SW1932

LOADING

SW1934

PLAY

SW1933

RECORD

MD LOADING

MOTOR PWB-K2

1

5

MD PICKUP UNIT

FLEXIBLE

PWB

TP1943

TP1944

TP1946

TP1945

TP1941

TP1974

TP1973

TP1971

TP1972

M903

MD LOADING

MOTOR

BK

RD

M901
MD SPINDLE
MOTOR

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 84 –

VOLTAGE

( ):REC MODE

1.8V

0.7V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

0V

2.6V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

2.6V

1.3V

2.6V

1.3V
0V

1.3V

2.6V
0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

0.7V

0.7V

1.7V

1.3V

3.2V

0.7V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

2.3V
0V

2.5V

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

PIN
NO. NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1201

PIN

VOLTAGE

0V

0V

0V

0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

0V

0V

1.6V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

2.5V
0V

1.0V

1.0V

1.6V

0V
0V

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

61

74

73

72

71

70

69

68

67

66

65

64

63

62

0.2V

3.2V

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

1.6V

78

77

76

75

79

90

89

88

87

86

85

84

83

82

81

1.4V

1.9V

1.3V

2.3V

3.1V

1.8V

1.3V

1.3V

3.0V

2.6V

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

0V

0V

0V
0V
0V

0.1V

100

99

98

97

96

95

94

93

92

91

80

3.2V

0V

0V

3.2V

0V

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

3.2V

0V

0V

0V

3.2V

0V

0V

0V
0V
0V

0.4V

0V

1.5V

1.6V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

2.9V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

1.5V
0V

2.6V

0.8V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V (3.2V)

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

PIN
NO. NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1401

PIN

VOLTAGE

0V

0.2V

0V

0V

0V

0V

0V

3.1V

0V

0V

3.2V

0V
0V

0V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

3.2V

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

61

74

73

72

71

70

69

68

67

66

65

64

63

62

1.8V

2.0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V
0V
0V
0V

0V

78

77

76

75

79

90

89

88

87

86

85

84

83

82

81

0V

0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

3.2V
0V
0V

0.1V

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

0V

0V

2.2V

1.5V

0.7V
0V

100

99

98

97

96

95

94

93

92

91

80

1.6V

0V

0V

0V

0V

1.6V

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V

3.2V

0V

3.2V

0V

1.6V

0V

3.2V

1.6V

1.6V

0V

3.2V

3.2V

0V
0V

0V
0V

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1701

1.3V

1.1V

1.3V

0V

1.6V

2.6V

2.6V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

0.7V

0.7V

0.7V

0.7V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

0.7V

1.5V
0V

3.2V (0V)

2.6V

1.3V
0V

1.3V

1.3V
0V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V

1.3V
0V

0.7V

0.7V
0V

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1101

0.7V

1.3V

1.3V

1.8V

3.1V

2.3V

1.7V

0.7V

0.7V

3.2V

0.7V

1.1V

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

11

10

1.1V

1.1V

1.1V

2.3V

2.5V

1.8V

1.9V
0V

17

16

15

14

13

20

19

18

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1202

(0V)

(2.6V)

(2.6V)
(2.6V)
(0.1V)
(2.6V)

(0.1V)
(1.4V)

(0.1V)
(2.6V)
(1.4V)
(0.1V)

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

11

10

(2.6V)
(5.0V)

14

13

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1300

(1.4V)

(2.5V)

(5.0V)
(1.4V)
(1.4V)
(2.5V)

(1.4V)
(5.0V)

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1301

3.2V

3.2V

0V
0V
0V
0V

3.2V

3.2V

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1402

0V

0V

5.0V

3.2V

3.1V

5

4

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1801

0V

3.2V

2.6V

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1802

2.46V
0V

3.85V

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1702

(2.5V)

(1.5V)
(1.5V)
(2.5V)
(0V)

5

4

3

2

1

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1302

0.9V

5.0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

1.2V

1.6V

1.6V

2.5V

2.5V

0V

2.5V

2.5V

0V

0V

5.0V

1.6V

1.6V

1.6V

5.0V

1.6V

2.5V

2.5V

1.6V

1.2V

0V

3.2V

3.2V

1.6V
0V

1.6V

2.5V

2.5V
0V

2.5V

2.5V

1.6V

1.6V

5.0V

5.0V

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

42

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32

31

PIN
NO.

VOLTAGE

IC1601

TYPES OF TRANSISTOR AND LED

ECB

(S)(G)(D)

FRONT

VIEW

FRONT
VIEW

BCE

FRONT

VIEW

2SA1015 GR
2SA562 Y
2SB561 C
2SB562 C
2SC1740 R
2SC380 O
(CD-MD3000H Only)
DTC363 TS
KRA102 M
KRA107 M
KRC102 M
KRC104 M
KRC107 M
KTA1046 Y
KTA1266 GR
KTC2026
KTC3194 Y
(CD-MD3000W Only)
KTC3203 Y
KTC3199 GR

2SD2012

HLMP1700
K5052UL
L934MBC5
LNG995PF

SVC211C
SVC348S

1 2 3

(1) (2) (3)

2SA1162 G
2SD601 AR
UN2113
UN2213
UN2214
UN221N

DS1SS133

B

(3)

E

(1)

C

(2)

SB00703Q

SBE803

2SA1242 Y

TOP
VIEW

TOP
VIEW

TOP VIEW

TOP VIEW

1N4004S
1SS355

543

2

1

1:Cathode
2:Cathode
3:Anode
4:No Contact
5:Anode

FRONT

VIEW

B

C

E

2SA1314 C

FRONT

VIEW

B

C

E

TOP
VIEW

– 85 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

WAVEFORMS OF CD CIRCUIT

0.2µs

NO DISC FOCUS SEARCH

FOO

FO+

FO-

2

1

3

IC2 33pin

IC5 2pin

IC5 1pin

FOCUS SEARCH TOC IL

SEL

FEI

TEI

IC2 38pin

IC2 29pin

IC2 31pin

4

5

6

0.2µs

2.00div

STOP PLAY

FEI

SBAD

RFO

IC2 29pin

IC2 30pin

IC6 22pin

5

7

8

0.2µs

STOP PLAY

FEI

RFGO

RFRP

IC2 29pin

IC6 19pin

IC6 17pin

5

9

10

0.2µs

6

7

11

STOP PLAY

TEI

TRO

SBAD

IC2 31pin

IC2 34pin

IC2 30pin

0.2µs

STOP PLAY

TMAX

SBOK

DMO

IC2 17pin

IC2 8pin

IC2 41pin

12

13

14

0.2µs

6

11

15

TEI

TRO

FMO

IC2 31pin

IC2 34pin

IC2 40pin

STOP PLAY

0.2µs

CUE

TEI

TRO

FMO

IC2 31pin

IC2 34pin

IC2 40pin

6

11

15

0.2µs

6

11

15

REVIEW

TEI

TRO

FMO

IC2 31pin

IC2 34pin

IC2 40pin

0.2µs

TCD-782 TNO-02 PLAYBACK

LO

RO

IC2 53pin

IC2 50pin

16

17

0.2µs

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 86 –

WAVEFORMS OF MD CIRCUIT

POWER ON

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

TOC READ (Low reflection disc)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

TOC READ (High reflection disc)

STOP > PLAY

TP1518

(RESET)

TP1510

(MD-ST)

TP1800

(3.2V)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1212

(FEMON)

TP1212

(FEMON)

TP1422

(DSENSE)

TP1420

(FOK)

TP1201

(EFMMON)

TP1135

(ADIPO)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1603

(SP+)

TP1602

(SP-)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1603

(SP+)

TP1602

(SP-)

TP1451

(ADJUST)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1212

(FEMON)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1451

(ADJUST)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1601

(SLD+)

TP1600

(SLD-)

TP1122

(F+)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1601

(SLD+)

TP1600

(SLD-)

1

2

3

4

4

6
10
11

4

6
10
11

4

5
12
13

14

15

5
6

7

4

5
6

7

4
6

8
9

4
6

8
9

– 87 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

REC

Analog REC

Digital REC

Double speed REC

PLAY

PLAY(1kHz 0dB)

PLAY

TP1201

(EFMMON)

TP1201

(EFMMON)

TP1530

(CDLRCK)

TP1515

(DIGIN)

TP1533

(CDDATA)

TP1524

(L OUT)

TP1526

(R OUT)

TP1531

(CDBCK)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1207

(TEMON)

TP1121

(T+)

TP1421

(CIN)

TP1121

(T+)

TP1421

(CIN)

72

IC1201

(DFCK)

72

IC1201

(DFCK)

TP1300

(REC HEAD)

TP1302

(EFMO)

TP1105

(LDVAL)

TP1113

(R/P)

71

IC1201

(BCLK)

3

IC1202

(WE)

17

IC1202

(CAS)

1

IC1202

(I/01)

6

IC1202

(A0)

70

IC1201

(LRCK)

74

IC1201

(DADATA)

71

IC1201

(BCLK)

70

IC1201

(LRCK)

73

IC1201

(ADDATA)

PLAY (Low reflection disc)

PLAY (High reflection disc)

14

28
29
30
31

18
32
20
21

33

34

35
36

6

16
17

14

6

16
17

18
19

20
21

22

23
24

25

26

27

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 88 –

TROUBLESHOOTING

When the CD does not function

When the CD section does not operate when the objective lens of the optical pickup is dirty, this section may not operate. Clean
the objective lens, and check the playback operation. When this section does not operate even after the above step is taken, check
the following items.
Remove the cabinet and follow the troubleshooting instructions.
"Track skipping and/or no TOC (Table Of Contents) may be caused by build up of dust other foreign matter on the laser pickup
lens. Before attempting any adjustment make certain that the lens is clean. If not, clean it as mentioned below."

Turn the power off.
Gently clean the lens with a lens cleaning tissue and a small amount of isopropyl alcohol.
Do not touch the lens with the bare hand.

Dust gradually accumulates on the objective lens during use, and it may degrade performance. To avoid this problem, use a
cleaning disc designed for CD optical pickup lenses.

HOW TO USE

1. Using the brush in the cleaner cap, apply 1 or 2 drops of the cleaning fluid to the brush on the CD cleaner disc which has
the mark next to it.

2. Place the CD cleaner disc onto the CD disc tray with the brush side down, then press the play button.

3. You will hear music for about 20 seconds and the CD player will automatically stop. If it continues to turn, press the stop

button.

CAUTION

The CD lens cleaner should be effective for 30~50 operations, however if the brushes become worn out earlier then please

replace the cleaner disc.

If the CD cleaner brushes become very wet then wipe off any excess fluid with a soft cloth.

Do not drink the cleaner fluid or allow it to come in contact with the eyes. In the event of this happening then drink and /

or rinse with clean water and seek medical advice.

The CD cleaner disc must not be used on car CD players or on computer CD-ROM drives.

All rights reserved. Unauthorized duplicating, broadcasting and renting this product is prohibited by law.

Cleaner Liquid

Cleaning Disc
PARTS CODE: UDSKA0004AFZZ

CD SECTION

– 89 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

STEP 1

Does the display "E-CD01" appear?

Yes

No

Does the pickup move to the inner/outer position using the
'UP'/'DOWN' key?

Yes

STEP 2

Laser ON?

Check from pins 7 and 8 of CNP5 via Q4 and pins 6 and 7 of
IC6 to pin 38 of IC2.

Yes

STEP 3

Focus search?

Yes

STEP 4

No

No

No

Check from pins 5 and 6 of CNP6 via pins 19, 20 and 21 of
IC5 to pin 41 of IC2.

No

Tracking servo?

Yes

No

Check from pins 21, 22 and 23 of IC6 to pin 24 of IC2.

No

Yes

Yes

Check in the CD test mode.

Check the line of PU-IN SW.
Check from pin 2 of CNP6 via pin 25 of CNP1 to pin 94 of
IC901.

Check the line of the slide control.
Check from pins 3 and 4 of CNP6 via pins 17, 18 and 22 of
IC5 to pin 40 of IC2.

Focus search?

STEP 5

Check from pins 1 and 2 of CNP5 via pins 3, 4 and 5 of IC5 to
pins 31 and 34 of IC2.
Check from pins 2 and 5 of CNP7 to pins 4 and 5 of IC6.

RF signal

Check from pins 50 and 53 of IC2 to pins 24 and 28 of
CNP1.

No

AUDIO signal

Check from pins 3 and 4 of CNP5 via pins 1, 2 and 6 of IC5 to
pins 29 and 33 of IC2.
Check from pins 1, 3 and 4 of CNP7 to pins 2 and 3 of IC6.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 90 –

Check as stated in item "disc Loading is not normal".

No

Is disc loading normal?

Yes

No

Check as stated in item "Playback state cannot be set".

Is playback state set when the MD PLAY/PAUSE button is
pressed?

Is audio output normal?

Check as stated in item "Audio playback circuit".

No

Is record and playback operations normal?

Yes

Check as stated in item "Record and playback operations".

No

Yes

When MD fails to operate

If the objective lens of optical pickup is contaminated, MD may fail to operate. At first, clean the objective lens to check playback
operation. If MD fails persistently to operate, perform checks as follows.
If dust or foreign substance is accumulated on the pickup lens, playback is disturbed and indication of TOC (content of tracks) may
be disabled. Before adjusting check that the lens is clean. If the lens is contaminated, treat it as follows.

Turn off power supply, impregnate the lens cleaning paper with a small quantity of isopropyl alcohol, and gently wipe the lens with
it with due care so that the lens is not damaged. At this time do not touch the lens directly with your finger.

MD SECTION

• Playback state cannot be set.

Is it impossible to set both high reflection disc and low
reflection disc to playback state?

No

Check as stated in item "TEST mode check".

Yes

Only the high reflection disc cannot be played back.

Yes

Is 1.3V to 1.6V applied to the pin 93 of IC1401 with the high
reflection disc inserted?

Only the low reflection disc cannot be played back.

Is 1.6V to 1.9V (record enabled) or 2.0V to 2.3V (record disabled)
applied to the pin 93 of IC1401with the low reflection disc inserted?

No

Yes

Yes

After re adjustment check as stated in item "Normal playback".

Check SW1931 loading motor PWB, and CN1931.

No

Yes

No

• Audio playback circuit

Yes

No

Is audio output waveform observed on the pins 26 and 28 of
CN1501?

Check connection between IC1701 and CN1501.

No

Check the main PWB.

Yes

When sound is not output although the playback time display advances during playback in the normal mode.

Is audio output waveform observed on the pins 24 and 26 of
IC1701?

Check the pins 70, 71, 72 and 74 of IC1201, and the pins
12, 16, 17, and 19 of IC1701.

– 91 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

• Disc loading is not normal.

Is disc loaded when it is inserted?

No

Yes

No

Check IC1401.

No

Check CN1401,CN1931 and SW1932.

Yes

No

Check CN1401,CN1931 and IC1601.

Yes

Check M903

No

Yes

No

Yes

Is change observed on the pin 19 or 20 of IC1601?

Is change observed on the pin 12 or 13 of IC1601?

Is ejection performed when the MD taking-out button is
pressed?

Yes

Disc retracts soon after completion of disc ejection.

Yes

Check SW1932.

Is the pin 5 of CN1401 set to H state?

Yes

No

Check the Main PWB and CN1501.

No

Check the power PWB, Main PWB, and
CN1501.

Is pulse input in the pin 6 of CN1501 when reset power supply
is turned on?

Is +5V to +6V applied to the pins 17 and 18 of CN1501?

Yes

No

Check IC1201.

No

Check the periphery of Q1804 and
IC1401.

Is pulse of 8.4672MHz applied to the pin 15 of IC1401?

Is +3.2V applied to the pin 62 of IC1401?

Yes

No

Check IC1401.

Is pulse output from the pin 34 of IC1401?

Yes

Yes

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 92 –

Yes

• Normal playback

Is initialization performed normally when high reflection disc is
played back?

Does disc rotate normally?

No No

Check IC1201.

Is lead-in switch turned on in the TEST mode when the pickup is on
the innermost periphery? (Is the pin 63 of IC1401 on L level?)

No

No

Check SW1936, soldered joints of mechanism switch PWB, and
periphery of pin 6 of CN1932.

Yes

When it has been confirmed that EEPROM value is normal in the TEST mode

Does the playback time display advance?

Check the position as stated in item "Lead-in switch position
measurement mode".

• Record and playback operations

Insert the low reflection disc, and after verifying the audio output in the normal mode playback set the record/playback TEST mode.

Is recording performed after displaying TEST REC?.

Yes

No

Check whether the disc is record-prohibited.

Is RF waveform output to the pin 1 of IC1201 or TP1201
when playback is performed after recording?

No

Does RF pattern appear on the pin 50 of IC1201 during
recoading?

Yes

No

No

Check for IC1201 soldering failure.

Yes

Is output waveform given to the pins 22 and 24 of CN1501 in
AUX input record in the Normal mode?

Is input waveform given to the pins 3 and 5 of IC1701?

Yes

No

Check the main PWB.

No

Check connection between IC1701 and CN1501.

Check the periphery of IC1701, and the pins 70, 71, 72, and
73 of IC1201.

Yes

Yes

Does the level of pins 3,26 and 39 of IC1401 in record state
differ from that in playback state?

Check IC1300 to 1302 and periphery of CN1300.

Check periphery of IC1401.

– 93 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

• The sled motor does not rotate.

Yes

Do the pins 22 and 23 of IC1201 change with the /
button?

No

No

Do the pins 14 and 15 of IC1601 and the pins 3 and 4 of CN1402
change with the / button?

Check IC1601 and soldering of CN1402.

Yes

Does voltage of the + and - terminals on the sled motor
change with the / button?

No

Check the soldering connected to the sled motor and for
disconnection.

Yes

Replace the sled motor.

• The spindle motor does not rotate.

Is waveform output from the pins 24 and 25 of IC1201 in the step
4 of AUTO auxiliary adjustment mode of TEST mode?

Check IC1601, CN1402, and soldering of mechanism switch PWB.

Is waveform output from the pins 9 and 10 of IC1601 and the pins
5 and 6 of CN1402?

Replace with a spindle motor (complete).

No

No

Yes

Yes

Check the pins 24 and 25 of IC1201, soldering of peripheral circuit,
and parts.

Check the waveform of pins 22 and 23 of IC1201, peripheral parts,
and soldering.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 94 –

FUNCTION T ABLE OF IC

IC2 VHiTC9490F/-1: Servo/Signal Control (TC9490F) (1/2)

1 BCK Output Bit clock output terminal. 32fs, 48fs or 64fs can be selected by command.
2 LRCK Output L/R channel clock output terminal. L channel: "L", R channel: "H".

the output polarity can be inverted by command.
3 AOUT Output Audio data output terminal. MSB/LSB fast can be selected by command.
4 DOUT Output Digital out output terminal. Up to double speed can be output.
5* IPF Output Correction flag output terminal. When the correction impossible symbol appears if the AOUT

output corresponds to the C2 correction output: "H".
6 VDD3 — Digital 3.3V power supply terminal.
7 VSS3 — Digital GND terminal.
8* SBOK Output Subcode Q data CRCC decision result output terminal. When the decision result is OK: "H".
9* CLCK Input/Output Clock input/output terminal for subcodes P-W data reading.

The input/output polarity can be selected by command.
10* DATA Output Subcodes P-W data output terminal.
11* SFSY Output Playback system frame sync signal output terminal.
12* SBSY Output Subcode block sync output terminal.

In the S1 position when the subcode sync is detected: "H".
13 /HSO Output Playback speed mode flag output terminal.

14* /UHSO Output

15 PVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for PLL system.
16 PDO Output EFM signal/PLCK signal phase error signal output terminal.
17 TMAX Output TMAX detection result output terminal.

18 LPFN Input Amp's inversion input terminal for PLL system low-pass filter.
19 LPFO Output Amp's output terminal for PLL system low-pass filter.
20 PVREF — VREF terminal only for PLL system.
21 VCOF Output Filter terminal for VCO.
22 AVSS3 — Analog GND terminal.
23 SLCO Output DAC output terminal for data slice level generation.
24 RFI Input RF signal input terminal. Zin can be selected by command.
25 AVDD3 — Analog 3.3V power supply terminal.
26 RFCT Input RFRP signal center level input terminal.
27 RFZI Input Input terminal for RFRP signal zero crossing.
28 RFRP Input RF ripple signal terminal.
29 FEI Input Focus error signal input terminal.
30 SBAD Input Sub-beam addition signal input terminal.
31 TEI Input Tracking error input terminal. Fetch when the tracking servo is on.
32 TEZI Input Input terminal for tracking error signal zero crossing.
33 FOO Output Focus equalizer output terminal.
34 TRO Output Tracking equalizer output terminal.
35 VREF — Analog reference power supply terminal.
36 RFGC Output RF amplitude adjustment control signal output terminal.
37 TEBC Output Tracking balance control signal output terminal.
38 SEL Output APC circuit ON/OFF signal output terminal.

When the laser is on, UHS="L": "Hi-z", UHS="H": "H" output.

Pin No.

Terminal Name

Function

Input/Output

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

H H Normal speed playback
H L Double speed playback
L L 4-time speed playback
———

/UHSO

/HSO

Playback speed

Longer than the specified period "PVDD3"
Within the specified period "Hi-z"
Shorter than the specified period "AVSS3"

TMAX detection result

TMAX output

– 95 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

IC2 VHiTC9490F/-1: Servo/Signal Control (TC9490F) (2/2)

39 AVDD3 — Analog 3.3V power supply terminal.
40 FMO Output Feed equalizer output terminal.
41 DMO Output Disc equalizer output terminal.
42 VSS3 — Digital GND terminal.
43 VDD3 — Digital 3.3V power supply terminal.
44 TESIN Input Test input terminal. Usually "L" fixed.
45 XVSS3 — GND terminal for system clock oscillation circuit.
46 XI Input System clock oscillation circuit input terminal.
47 XO Output System clock oscillation circuit output terminal.
48 XVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for system clock oscillation circuit.
49 DVSS3 — GND terminal for D/A converter.
50 RO Output R channel data normal rotation output terminal.
51 DVDD3 — 3.3V power supply terminal for D/A converter.
52 DVR — Reference voltage terminal.
53 LO Output L channel data normal rotation output terminal.
54 DVSS3 — D/A converter section GND terminal.
55* ZDET Output 1-bit D/A converter 0 detection flag output terminal.
56 VSS5 — GND terminal for microcomputer interface.
57-60 BUS0-BUS3 Input/Output Data input/output terminal for microcomputer interface.
61 BUCK Input Clock input terminal for microcomputer interface.
62 /CCE Input Chip enable signal input terminal for microcomputer interface.

In case of "L", BUS3-0 are active.
63 /RST Input Reset signal input terminal. Reset: "L".
64 VDD5 — 5V power supply terminal for microcomputer interface.

Pin No.

Terminal Name

Function

Input/Output

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.
Note: AI/F: Analog input/output terminal
3-5I/F: Terminal with a built-in 3-5 interface (5V system input/output terminal)
3I/F: 3V system input/output terminal

Figure 95 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC

XVDD3

XO

XI

XVSS3

TESIN

VDD3

VSS3

DMO

FMO

AVDD3

SEL

TEBC

RFGC

VREF

TRO

FOO

TEZI

TEI

SBAD

FEI

RFRP

RFZI

RFCT

AVDD3

RFI

SLCO

AVSS3

VCOF

PVREF

LPFO

LPFN

TMAX

PDD

PVDD3

/HSO

/UHSO

SBSY

SFSY

DATA

CLCK

SBOK

VSS3

VDD3

IPF

DOUT

AOUT

LRCK

BCK

DVSS3

RO

DVDD3

DVR

LO

DVSS3

ZDET

VSS5

BUS1

BUS2

BUS3

BUCK

/CCE

/RST

VDD5

1

23456

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15 16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

3435

36

37

38

39

40

41

4243

44

4546

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

LPF

1-bit

DAC

PWM

D/A

A/D

VCO

ROM

RAM

16K RAM

PLL

TMAX

+

+

+

+

BUS0

Clock

generator

Servo control

Digital equalizer

adjustment circuit

Data
slicer

CLV

servo

Synchronizing

signal guarantee

EFM demodulation

Sub-code

demodulation

circuit

Address

circuit

Correction

circuit

Digital

out

Audio output

circuit

Microcomputer

interface

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 96 –

IC6 VHiTA2147F/-1:Servo Pre Amp. (TA2147F)

1 VCC — 3.3V power supply terminal
2 FNI Input Main beam amp input terminal
3 FPI Input Main beam amp input terminal
4 TPI Input Sub-beam amp input terminal
5 TNI Input Sub-beam amp input terminal
6 MDI Input Monitor photodiode amplifier input terminal
7 LDO Output Laser diode amp output terminal
8 SEL Input APC circuit ON/OFF signal, LDO terminal control input terminal and bottom/peak

detection frequency switching terminal

9 TEBC Input Tracking error balance adjustment signal input terminal

• TEBC input voltage
10 TEN Input Tracking error signal generation amp antiphase input terminal
11 TEO Output Tracking error signal generation amp output terminal
12 RFDC Output RF signal peak detection output terminal
13 GVSW Input AGC, FE, TE amp gain switching terminal

14 VRO Output Reference voltage (VRO) output terminal • VCC=3.3V: VRO=1/2 VCC
15 FEO Output Focus error signal generation amp output terminal
16 FEN Input Focus error signal generation amp antiphase input terminal
17 RFRP Output Signal generation amp output terminal for track count
18 RFRPIN Input Signal generation amp input terminal for track count
19 RFGO Output RF signal amplitude adjustment amp output terminal
20 RFGC Input RF amplitude adjustment control signal input terminal • RFGC input voltage
21 AGCIN Input RF signal amplitude adjustment amp input terminal
22 RFO Output RF signal generation amp output terminal
23 RFN Input RF signal generation amp input terminal
24 GND — GND terminal

Terminal Name

Pin No.

Input/Output

Function

GND OFF Connection to VCC via 1kΩ
Hi-z ON Control signal output
VCC ON Control signal output

SEL

APC circuit LDO

GND CD-RW
Hi-z CD-DA
VCC CD-CA

GVSW

Mode

Figure 96 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC

PIN

SEL

(APC_SW)

TEB

(TE_BAL)

RFGC

(AGC_Gain)

GVSW

(CD/RW)

V

CTRL

V

CC

HiZ

GND

APC ON
APC ON

APC OFF

(LDO=H)

-50%
0%

+50%

+12dB

+6dB

0dB

DA

(0dB)

DA

(0dB)

RW

(+12dB)

GVSW

VRO FEO

FEN RFRP

20K

20K

20K

15K

15K

10p

50u

20µ

12K

20K

20K

20K

2K

40K

50K

50K

40K

10p

1.3V

1K

14K

2K

RFDC

TEO TEN TEB

SEL LDO

MDI

TNI

TPI

FPI

FNI

VCC

80K

80K

20K

20K

240K

15p

240K

15p

180K

40p

40p

60k

60k

180K

40K

20K

30K

3K

20K

12K

RFGC AGCIN

RFO

RFN GNDRFRPIN RFGO

3K

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

BOTTOM

PEAK

PEAK

K

x0.5

x2

x2

x0.5

1

– 97 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

1 P60/A16 Output Cassette playback mute
2 P62/A18 Output Recording output (Cassette)
3 P61/A17 Output Recording bias output (Cassette)
4 P63/A19 Output Span output for destination 1
5 P64/RD Output Cassette operation motor output
6 P65/WR Output Cassette solenoid output
7 P66/WAIT Output Span output for destination 2
8 P67/ASTB Input Pulse for tape running check
9 VDD Input To be connected to VDD
10 P100/T15/TO5 Input A side foolproof switch
11 P101/T16/TO6 Input B side foolproof switch
12 P102/T17/TO7 Input Cassette CAM switch
13 P103/T18/TO8 Input Cassette detection switch
14 P30/TO0 Output Tuner chip enable
15 P31/TO1 Input Destination input
16 P32/TO2 Output CD mute
17 P33/T11 Input Tuner span select
18 P34/T12 Output Expanded IC control signal
19 P35/T100 Output Expanded IC control signal
20 P36/T101 Output Expanded IC control signal
21 P37 Output Expanded IC control signal
22 TEST/Vpp Input Not used
23* P90 Output Not used
24* P91 Output Not used
25* P92 Output Not used
26* P93 Output Not used
27* P94 Output Not used
28 P06/INTP6 Output POWER relay control
29* P120/RTP0 Output Not used
30* P121/RTP1 Output Not used
31* P122/RTP2 Output Not used
32 P123/RTP3 Output LED output for timer
33 P124/RTP4 Output LCD backlight control
34 P125/RTP5 Output System mute output
35 P126/RTP6 Input Panel close switch
36 P127/RTP7 Input Panel open switch
37 VDD Input Connected to VDD
38 X2 Output 8 MHz sera - lock
39 X1 Input 8 MHz sera - lock
40 VSS Input Ground potertial to be connected to VSS
41 XT2 Output 32.768 kHz crystal
42 XT1 Input 32.768 kHz crystal
43 RESET Input Reset input
44 P00/INTP0 Input Remote control signal input
45 P01/INTP1 Input JOG A input
46 P02/INTP2/NMI Input JOG B input
47 P03/INTP3 Input Power failure detection
48 P04/INTP4 Input Speaker abnormal detection
49 P05/INTP5 Output Speaker relay
50 P95 Input POWER key input
51 AVDD — Analog power supply

Pin No.

FunctionPort Name

Input/Output

IC901 RH-iX0354AWZZ: System Microcomputer (IX0354AW) (1/2)

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 98 –

FunctionPort Name

Input/Output

52 AVref0 — Analog reference potential 0
53 P10/ANI0 Input Key input 0 (AD port)
54 P11/ANI1 Input Key input 1 (AD port)
55 P12/ANI2 Input Key input 2 (AD port)
56 P13/ANI3 Input Key input 3 (AD port)
57 P14/ANI4 Input Key input 4 (AD port)
58 P15/ANI5 Input Not used
59 P16/ANI6 Input Tuner state input
60 P17/ANI7 Input Not used
61 AVSS — Analog GND
62 P130/ANO0 Input MD serch output
63 P131/ANO1 Output MD reset output
64 AVref1 Input Analog reference potential 1
65 P70/RxD2/SI2 Input MD data input
66 P71/TxD2/SO2 Output K data output
67

P72/ASCK2/SCK2

Input MD DSCK output
68 P20/RxD1/SI1 Input Tuner data input
69 P21/TxD1/SO1 Output Tuner data output
70 P22/ASCK1/SC Output Tuner clock output
71 P23/PCL Intput MD load switch
72 P24/BUZ Intput MD DSTB input
73 P25/SI0/SDA0 Output LCD read/write
74 P26/SO0 Output MD SID output
75 P27/SCK0/SCL0 Output LCD clock
76 P80/A0 Input CAM A switch e
77 P81/A1 Input CAM A switch d
78 P82/A2 Input CAM A switch c
79 P83/A3 Input CAM A switch b
80 P84/A4 Input CAM A switch a
81 P85/A5 Input TRAY identification switch a
82 P86/A6 Input TRAY identification switch b
83 P87/A7 Input TRAY identification switch c
84 P40/AD0 Input CAM C switch b
85 P41/AD1 Input CAM C switch a
86 P42/AD2 Output CD LSI chip enable
87 P43/AD3 Output CD LSI clock
88 P44/AD4 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
89 P45/AD5 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
90 P46/AD6 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
91 P47/AD7 Input/Output CD LSI data input/output
92 P50/A8 Output CD LSI reset
93 P51/A9 Output CD LSI RW switching
94 P52/A10 Input CD pickup inner switch input
95 P53/A11 Output Tray motor forward rotation
96 P54/A12 Output Tray motor reverse rotation
97 P55/A13 Output CAM motor forward rotation
98 P56/A14 Output CAM motor reverse rotation
99 P57/A15 Output TAPE REC mute
100 VSS Input Ground potertial connected to VSS

Pin No.

IC901 RH-iX0354AWZZ: System Microcomputer (IX0354AW) (2/2)

– 99 –

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

FunctionPort Name

Input/Output

1 VSS Input GND
2 DATA Input Serial data input
3 CLOCK Input Serial clock input
4 LCK Input Latch clock input
5 Q0 Output Panel LED
6 Q1 Ourput Stop LED
7 Q2 Output < LED
8 Q3 Output >> LED
9 Q4 Output << LED
10 Q5 Output > I I LED
11 Q6 Output CD 6 LED
12 Q7 Output CD 5 LED
13 Q8 Output CD 4 LED
14 Q9 Output CD 3 LED
15 Q10 Output CD 2 LED
16 Q11 Output CD 1 LED
17 OE Output Output enable
18 VDD Input Power supply

Pin No.

IC702 VHiBU2092F/-1: Output Expander (BU2092F)

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.

FunctionPort Name

Input/Output

1 VSS Input GND
2 DATA Input Serial data input
3 CLK Input Serial clock input
4 LCK Input Latch clock input
5 Q0 Output For CD power control
6* Q1 Output Not used
7* Q2 Output Not used
8* Q3 Output Not used
9 Q4 Output Not used
10* Q5 Output Not used
11* Q6 Output Panel control switch
12 Q7 Output Panel control output close
13 Q8 Output Panel control output open
14 Q9 Output Fan motor ON/OFF
15 Q10 Output Not used
16 Q11 Output Not used
17 OE Output Output enable
18 VDD Input Power supply

Pin No.

IC912 VHiBU2092F/-1: Output Expander (BU2092F)

CD-MD3000H/CD-MD3000W

– 100 –

In this unit, the terminal with asterisk mark (*) is (open) terminal which is not connected to the outside.
(*): Normaly the output pin. Used as an I/O pin in test mode, which is not available to user applications.

FunctionPort Name Input/Output

Pin No.

ICT21 VHiLC72722/-1: RDS Decorder (LC72722) (For CD-MD3000H Only)

1 VREF Output Reference voltage output (Vdda/2)
2 MPXIN Input Baseband (multiplexed0 signal input
3 VDDA — Analog power supply (+5V)
4 VSSA — Analog ground
5 FLOUT Output Subcarrier output (fulter output)
6 CIN Input Subcarrier input (comparator input)
7 T1 Input Test input (This pin must always be connected to ground.)
8 T2 Input Test input (standby control)

0: Normal operation 1: standby state (crystal oscillator stopped)
9* T3 (RDCL) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (RDS clock output)
10* T4 (RDDA) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (RDS data output)
11* T5 (RSFT) Input/Output (*) Test I/O (soft-decision control data output)
12 XOUT Output Crystal oscillator output (4.332/8.664 MHz)
13 XIN Input Crystal oscillator input (external reference signal input)
14 VDDD — Digital power supply (+5V)
15 VSSD — Digital ground
16* T6 Input/Output (*) Test I/O (error status, regenerated carrier, TP, error block count outputs)

(ERROR/57K/TP/BE1)

17* T7 Input/Output (*) Test I/O (error correction status, SK detection, TA, error block count outputs)

(CORREC/ARI-ID/TA/BE0)
18* SYNC Input/Output (*) Block synchronization detection output
19* RDS-ID Output RDS detection output
20 DO Output Data output
21 CL Input Clock input
22 DI Input Data input Serial data interface (CCB)
23 CE Input Chip enable
24 SYR Input Synchronization and RAM address reset (active high)

VREF FLOUT CIN

Vddd

Vssd

RDS-ID

SYNC
SYR

XOUT

XIN

DO

CL

DI

CE

T1
T2

T3 to T7

MPXIN

Vssa

Vdda

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

ANTIALIASING

FILTER

57kHz

BPF

(SCF)

VREF

SMOOTHING

FILTER

+
_

PLL

(57kHz)

CLOCK

RECOVERY

(1187.5Hz)

DATA

DECODER

SYNC/EC CONTROLLER

SYNC

DETECT-2

SYNC

DETECT-1

ERROR CORRECTION

(SOFT DECISION)

CLK(4.332MHz)

OSC/DIVIDER

RAM

(24 BLOCK DATA)

MEMORY CONTROL

CCB

TEST

3

156

4

2

20
21

22
23

13 12

24

18

19

15

14

7
8

9~11,

16,17

Figure 100 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF IC